1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "xml-syscall.h"
60 #include "parser-defs.h"
61 #include "gdb_regex.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
68 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
83 enum exception_event_kind
90 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
92 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
94 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
98 static void disable_command (char *, int);
100 static void enable_command (char *, int);
102 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
106 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
108 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
110 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
112 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
113 struct linespec_result
*,
117 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
118 struct linespec_result
*,
119 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
120 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
122 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
123 int, int, int, unsigned);
125 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
126 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
128 static void clear_command (char *, int);
130 static void catch_command (char *, int);
132 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
134 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
136 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
138 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
140 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
141 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
142 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
144 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
146 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
147 struct symtab_and_line
,
149 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
151 static struct breakpoint
*
152 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
154 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
157 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
159 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
163 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
164 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
165 struct obj_section
*, int);
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
168 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace
,
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
199 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
211 int *other_type_used
);
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
220 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
226 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
228 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
229 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
230 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
232 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
234 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
235 insert locations now. */
236 enum ugll_insert_mode
238 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
239 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
240 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
241 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
242 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
243 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
244 returns true on them.
246 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
247 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
248 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
249 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
250 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
251 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
255 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
256 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
259 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
260 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
261 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
262 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
263 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
264 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
265 as no thread is running yet. */
269 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
271 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
273 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
275 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
277 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
279 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
281 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
283 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
285 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
287 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
289 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
291 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
293 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
295 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
298 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
300 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
302 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
304 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
305 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
306 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
309 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
312 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
316 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
318 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
320 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
322 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
323 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
325 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
326 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
328 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
331 static struct breakpoint
*single_step_breakpoints
;
333 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
334 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
335 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
336 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
337 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
338 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
340 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
341 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
342 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
343 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
349 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
351 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
352 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
353 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
354 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
356 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
358 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
359 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
360 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
361 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
362 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
363 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
364 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
366 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
368 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
370 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
372 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
373 breakpoints share a single command list. */
374 struct counted_command_line
376 /* The reference count. */
379 /* The command list. */
380 struct command_line
*commands
;
383 struct command_line
*
384 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
386 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
389 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
390 current breakpoint. */
392 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
395 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
397 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
398 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
400 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
402 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
405 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
406 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
407 if such is available. */
408 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
411 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
412 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
415 fprintf_filtered (file
,
416 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
417 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
421 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
422 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
423 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
424 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
425 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
427 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
428 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
431 fprintf_filtered (file
,
432 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
433 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
437 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
438 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
439 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
440 use hardware breakpoints. */
441 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
443 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
444 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
447 fprintf_filtered (file
,
448 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
452 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
453 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
454 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
455 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
456 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
457 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
458 processing user input. */
459 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
462 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
463 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
465 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
469 /* See breakpoint.h. */
472 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
474 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
476 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
477 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
478 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
481 else if (target_has_execution
)
483 if (always_inserted_mode
)
485 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
490 if (threads_are_executing ())
496 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
498 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
499 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
500 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
501 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
502 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
503 condition_evaluation_auto
,
504 condition_evaluation_host
,
505 condition_evaluation_target
,
509 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
510 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
512 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
513 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
514 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
516 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
517 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
518 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
522 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
524 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
526 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
527 return condition_evaluation_target
;
529 return condition_evaluation_host
;
535 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
538 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
540 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
543 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
547 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
549 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
551 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
554 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
556 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
557 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
559 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
560 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
562 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
563 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
565 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
566 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
567 current breakpoint. */
569 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
571 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
572 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
573 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
576 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
577 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
578 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
580 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
581 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
582 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
585 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
586 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
587 to where the loop should start from.
588 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
589 appropriate location to start with. */
591 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
592 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
593 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
595 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
596 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
599 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
601 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
602 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
603 if (is_tracepoint (B))
605 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
607 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
609 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
611 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
613 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
615 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
617 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
618 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
619 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
620 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
621 an address you need to read. */
623 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
625 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
626 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
627 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
628 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
629 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
631 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
633 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
634 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
636 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
638 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
640 static int breakpoint_count
;
642 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
643 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
644 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
645 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
646 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
648 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
650 static int tracepoint_count
;
652 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
653 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
654 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
656 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
658 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
660 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
663 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
666 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
668 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
669 breakpoint_count
= num
;
670 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
673 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
674 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
675 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
677 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
681 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
683 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
686 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
690 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
692 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
695 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
698 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
700 struct breakpoint
*b
;
706 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
707 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
709 static struct counted_command_line
*
710 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
712 struct counted_command_line
*result
713 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
716 result
->commands
= commands
;
720 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
723 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
729 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
730 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
731 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
734 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
738 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
740 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
747 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
750 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
752 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
755 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
758 static struct cleanup
*
759 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
761 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
765 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
766 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
769 get_breakpoint (int num
)
771 struct breakpoint
*b
;
774 if (b
->number
== num
)
782 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
783 evaluating conditions on its side. */
786 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
788 struct bp_location
*loc
;
790 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
791 evaluating conditions and if the user has
792 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
794 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
795 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
798 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
801 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
802 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
805 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
806 evaluating conditions on its side. */
809 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
811 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
812 evaluating conditions and if the user has
813 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
815 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
816 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
820 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
823 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
826 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
827 condition_evaluation_mode. */
830 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
831 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
833 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
835 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
836 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
838 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
839 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
840 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
844 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
845 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
847 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
848 settings was "auto". */
849 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
851 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
852 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
854 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
855 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
856 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
858 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
859 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
862 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
864 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
866 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
867 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
871 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
872 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
873 target knows about. */
874 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
875 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
876 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
880 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
886 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
887 what "auto" is translating to. */
890 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
891 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
893 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
894 fprintf_filtered (file
,
895 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
896 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
898 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
900 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
904 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
905 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
906 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
909 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
911 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
912 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
914 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
917 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
920 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
921 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
922 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
925 static struct bp_location
**
926 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
928 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
929 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
930 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
932 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
933 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
934 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
936 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
937 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
938 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
939 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
941 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
942 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
945 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
946 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
947 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
948 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
955 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
958 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
959 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
961 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
963 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
970 struct bp_location
*loc
;
972 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
977 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
978 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
979 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
986 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
990 const char *arg
= exp
;
992 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
993 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
994 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
995 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
997 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
999 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1001 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1003 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1005 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1006 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1010 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1012 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1016 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1017 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1019 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1023 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1025 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1028 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1030 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1031 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1032 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1036 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1037 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1041 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1042 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1046 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1047 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1049 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1052 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1053 len
= strlen (text
);
1059 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1061 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1062 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1068 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1069 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1070 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1073 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1076 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1078 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1083 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1086 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1088 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1091 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1093 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1094 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1095 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1096 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1097 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1099 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1101 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1102 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1103 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1105 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1107 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1108 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1113 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1116 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1117 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1118 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1121 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1123 struct command_line
*c
;
1125 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1129 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1130 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1131 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1133 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1134 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1136 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1137 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1138 command directly. */
1139 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1140 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1142 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1143 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1147 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1150 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1152 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1153 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1154 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1158 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1160 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1163 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1164 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1168 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1169 struct command_line
*commands
)
1171 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1173 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1174 struct command_line
*c
;
1175 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1177 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1178 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1182 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1183 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1184 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1185 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1186 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1187 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1188 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1189 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1190 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1191 tracepoint's context. */
1192 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1194 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1196 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1197 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1198 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1199 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1200 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1201 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1204 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1205 "can be used only once"));
1210 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1214 struct command_line
*c2
;
1216 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1217 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1218 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1220 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1221 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1227 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1231 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1232 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1235 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1237 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1238 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1239 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1242 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1244 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1245 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1246 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1252 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1253 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1256 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1257 struct command_line
*commands
)
1259 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1261 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1262 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1263 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1266 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1267 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1271 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1273 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1276 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1277 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1280 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1281 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1284 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1286 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1289 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1290 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1293 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1294 breakpoint work for any task. */
1297 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1299 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1302 if (old_task
!= task
)
1303 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1307 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1309 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1311 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1314 /* A structure used to pass information through
1315 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1317 struct commands_info
1319 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1322 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1325 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1326 already-parsed command. */
1327 struct command_line
*control
;
1329 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1331 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1334 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1335 commands_command. */
1338 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1340 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1342 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1344 struct command_line
*l
;
1346 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1347 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1350 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1353 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1354 "%s, one per line."),
1357 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1359 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1362 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1365 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1368 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1371 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1373 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1375 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1376 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1377 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1378 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1379 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1384 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1385 struct command_line
*control
)
1387 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1388 struct commands_info info
;
1390 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1391 info
.control
= control
;
1393 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1394 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1395 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1397 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1399 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1400 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1402 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1403 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1406 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1407 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1408 numbers will fail in this case. */
1413 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1415 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1418 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1422 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1424 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1425 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1427 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1431 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1433 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1436 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1437 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1439 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1440 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1441 enum command_control_type
1442 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1444 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1445 return simple_control
;
1448 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1451 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1453 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1457 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1458 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1463 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1464 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1467 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1468 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1469 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1472 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1473 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1474 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1475 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1476 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1478 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1479 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1483 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1484 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1486 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1490 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1492 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1493 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1495 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1497 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1502 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1504 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1509 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1510 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1512 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1513 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1514 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1518 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1520 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1521 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1524 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1526 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1527 shadow_contents buffer. */
1528 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1529 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1530 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1532 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1534 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1535 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1539 const unsigned char *bp
;
1540 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1543 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1544 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1545 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1547 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1549 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1551 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1552 breakpoint's INSN. */
1553 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1557 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1558 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1560 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1561 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1562 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1564 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1565 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1566 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1567 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1568 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1569 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1570 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1571 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1573 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1576 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1577 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1578 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1580 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1582 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1585 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1586 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1587 report higher one. */
1590 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1591 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1593 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1595 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1596 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1598 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1599 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1600 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1601 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1603 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1604 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1605 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1607 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1609 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1616 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1617 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1618 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1619 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1620 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1623 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1625 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1626 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1627 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1630 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1633 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1635 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1637 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1638 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1642 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1643 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1644 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1647 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1650 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1651 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1652 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1655 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1658 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1659 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1665 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1669 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1671 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1672 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1673 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1676 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1679 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1681 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1682 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1683 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1686 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1690 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1692 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1693 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1696 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1697 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1698 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1699 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1700 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1701 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1702 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1703 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1706 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1708 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1709 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1710 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1711 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1714 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1715 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1718 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1720 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1722 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1724 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1725 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1726 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1727 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1728 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1730 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1733 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1736 static struct value
*
1737 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1739 struct value
*bit_val
;
1744 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1746 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1749 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1756 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1757 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1758 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1759 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1761 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1763 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1764 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1767 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1768 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1769 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1770 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1771 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1772 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1773 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1774 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1776 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1777 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1778 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1779 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1780 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1781 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1782 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1783 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1786 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1787 hardware watchpoints:
1789 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1790 called several times when GDB stops.
1793 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1794 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1795 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1796 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1797 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1798 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1799 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1800 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1801 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1802 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1803 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1805 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1806 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1809 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1811 int within_current_scope
;
1812 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1815 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1816 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1817 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1818 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1821 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1826 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1827 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1828 within_current_scope
= 1;
1831 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1832 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1833 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1835 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1836 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1837 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1838 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1841 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1842 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1843 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1844 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1847 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1849 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1850 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1851 if (within_current_scope
)
1855 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1856 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1857 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1860 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1869 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1870 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1871 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1872 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1873 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1874 be completely different objects. */
1875 value_free (b
->val
);
1879 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1880 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1881 locations (re)created below. */
1882 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1884 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1886 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1890 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1891 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1895 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1896 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1897 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1898 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1899 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1900 if (!target_has_execution
)
1902 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1903 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1904 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1905 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1907 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1908 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1910 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1911 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1914 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1917 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1918 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1920 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1922 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1923 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1924 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1925 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1926 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1928 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1930 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1932 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1940 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1942 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1943 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1945 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1946 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1947 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1948 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1949 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1950 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1951 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1953 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1955 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1956 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1957 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1959 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1960 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1964 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1965 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1967 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1969 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1971 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1972 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1974 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1976 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1977 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1978 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1979 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1980 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1983 addr
= value_address (v
);
1986 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1991 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1993 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1996 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1997 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2000 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2002 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2003 loc
->address
= addr
;
2007 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2008 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2011 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2013 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2018 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2019 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2020 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2025 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2026 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2028 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2032 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2035 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2036 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2037 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2039 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2040 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2041 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2042 this watchpoint in as well. */
2044 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2045 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2046 hardware watchpoint type. */
2047 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2048 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2049 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2051 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2052 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2053 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2054 through watch_command), so always account for it
2057 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2058 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2060 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2061 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2064 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2065 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2067 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2069 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2070 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2071 "hardware watchpoint."));
2072 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2073 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2074 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2076 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2077 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2081 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2082 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2083 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2085 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2088 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2090 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2091 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2092 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2094 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2095 "read/access watchpoint."));
2098 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2100 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2101 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2102 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2103 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2106 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2108 next
= value_next (v
);
2113 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2114 above left it without any location set up. But,
2115 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2116 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2117 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2119 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
2120 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
2121 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2122 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
2123 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
2124 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
2127 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2129 printf_filtered (_("\
2130 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2131 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2133 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2136 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2138 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2142 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2143 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2144 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2145 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2146 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2148 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2150 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2153 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2156 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2159 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2162 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2163 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2164 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2165 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2166 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2167 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2168 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2169 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2170 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2173 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2175 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2176 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2177 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2182 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2183 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2184 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2185 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2190 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2191 instruction that triggered one. */
2192 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2193 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2197 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2198 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2199 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2200 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2209 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2210 that the location is not duplicated. */
2213 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2216 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2219 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2220 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2224 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2225 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2226 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2227 any error during parsing. */
2229 static struct agent_expr
*
2230 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2232 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2233 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2238 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2239 that may show up. */
2240 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2242 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2247 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2248 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2249 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2253 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2257 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2258 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2259 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2260 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2261 one of them is true. */
2264 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2266 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2267 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2268 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2269 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2271 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2272 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2274 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2275 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2276 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2278 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2279 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2282 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2283 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2284 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2285 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2286 response back to GDB. */
2287 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2290 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2294 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2296 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2297 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2298 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2299 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2300 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2301 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2303 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2304 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2310 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2311 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2312 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2314 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2320 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2321 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2322 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2324 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2325 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2326 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2328 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2331 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2333 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2335 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2338 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2339 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2344 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2345 for this location's address. */
2346 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2350 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2351 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2352 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2354 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2355 conditions to the target. */
2356 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2357 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2363 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2364 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2365 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2367 static struct agent_expr
*
2368 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2370 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2371 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2372 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2373 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2374 const char *cmdrest
;
2375 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2376 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2378 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2385 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2387 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2389 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2390 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2392 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2394 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2396 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2398 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2400 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2401 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2403 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2405 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2406 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2408 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2410 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2412 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2414 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2415 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2418 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2423 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2424 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2426 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2430 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2431 that may show up. */
2432 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2434 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2435 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2436 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2439 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2443 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2444 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2445 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2449 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2453 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2454 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2455 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2458 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2460 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2461 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2462 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2463 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2465 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2466 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2468 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2471 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2472 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2475 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2476 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2477 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2479 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2482 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2483 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2484 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2488 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2489 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2490 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2491 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2492 response back to GDB. */
2493 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2496 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2500 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2502 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2503 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2504 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2505 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2506 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2507 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2508 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2514 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2515 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2516 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2518 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2524 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2526 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2528 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2531 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2532 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2534 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2536 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2539 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2540 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2545 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2546 for this location's address. */
2547 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2550 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2551 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2552 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2553 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2555 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2556 to send the commands to the target. */
2557 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2561 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2562 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2563 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2564 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2567 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2568 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2569 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2570 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2573 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2574 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2576 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2577 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2578 int *disabled_breaks
,
2579 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2580 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2582 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2583 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2584 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
2586 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2589 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2590 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2591 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2592 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2593 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2594 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2595 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2596 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2597 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2598 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2599 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2600 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2602 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2603 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2604 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2605 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2607 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2609 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2610 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2611 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2612 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2615 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2616 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2618 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2620 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2621 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2622 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2624 Two important cases are:
2625 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2626 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2627 hardware breakpoint.
2628 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2629 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2630 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2633 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2634 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2635 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2636 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2638 struct mem_region
*mr
2639 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2643 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2645 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2647 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2648 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2650 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2652 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2654 static int said
= 0;
2656 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2659 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2660 _("Note: automatically using "
2661 "hardware breakpoints for "
2662 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2667 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2668 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2670 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2671 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2672 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2673 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2675 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2681 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2682 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2683 || bl
->section
== NULL
2684 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2686 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2687 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2691 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2693 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2698 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2703 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2704 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2705 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2707 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2708 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2709 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2710 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2711 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2715 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2717 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2718 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2719 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2721 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2722 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2726 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2727 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2729 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2734 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2737 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2738 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2739 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2740 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2744 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2745 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2747 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2748 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2752 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2754 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2759 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2764 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2765 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2770 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2772 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2774 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2775 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2776 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2777 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2778 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2779 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2780 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2781 errors as memory errors. */
2782 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2783 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2784 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2785 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2788 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2789 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2790 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2791 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2793 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2794 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2796 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2797 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2798 "library breakpoints:\n");
2800 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2801 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2802 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2807 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2809 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2810 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2811 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2812 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2813 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2814 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2815 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2819 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2822 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2823 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2824 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2826 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2827 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2829 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2830 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2834 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2835 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2850 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2851 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2852 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2853 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2857 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2858 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2860 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2862 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2863 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2864 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2866 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2868 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2869 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2871 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2873 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2874 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2878 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2879 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2886 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2887 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2890 /* Back to the original value. */
2891 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2895 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2898 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2902 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2903 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2905 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2908 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2912 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2913 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2915 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2918 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2920 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2921 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2922 so just return success. */
2929 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2930 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2934 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2936 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2937 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2939 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2940 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2942 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2943 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2946 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2947 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2948 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2950 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2952 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2954 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2955 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2956 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2958 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2959 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2961 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2967 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2968 removed locations above. */
2969 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2972 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2973 Throws exception on any error.
2974 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2975 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2977 insert_breakpoints (void)
2979 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2981 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2982 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2984 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2986 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2989 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2990 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2991 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2992 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2995 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2998 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3000 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3002 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3004 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3008 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3009 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3010 always-inserted mode. */
3013 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3015 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3018 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3019 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3020 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3022 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3023 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3025 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3026 there was an error. */
3027 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3029 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3031 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3033 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3035 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3038 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3039 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3040 deletion of breakpoints. */
3041 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3044 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3046 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3047 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3048 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3049 insert breakpoints. */
3050 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3051 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3054 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3055 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3062 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3063 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3066 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3069 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3072 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3074 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3075 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3078 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3079 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3080 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3082 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3083 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3085 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3086 there was an error. */
3087 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3089 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3091 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3093 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3096 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3097 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3098 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3099 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3100 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3103 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3105 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3106 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3107 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3108 insert breakpoints. */
3109 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3110 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3113 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3114 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3119 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3120 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3121 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3123 int some_failed
= 0;
3124 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3126 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3129 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3132 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3135 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3136 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3143 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3145 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3147 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3148 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3149 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3157 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3158 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3159 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3161 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3162 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3163 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3165 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3166 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3169 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3172 /* Used when the program stops.
3173 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3174 removing a breakpoint location. */
3177 remove_breakpoints (void)
3179 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3182 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3184 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3185 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3190 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3194 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3196 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3198 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3200 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3202 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3204 printf_filtered (_("\
3205 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3206 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
3208 /* Hide it from the user. */
3214 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3217 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3219 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3221 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3223 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3225 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3228 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
3233 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3242 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3244 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3245 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3247 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3248 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3249 struct inferior
*inf
;
3250 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3252 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3256 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3257 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3259 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3261 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3262 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3264 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3266 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3272 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3275 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3280 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3284 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3286 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3287 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3288 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3289 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3290 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3291 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3293 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3296 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3299 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3300 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3304 static struct breakpoint
*
3305 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3306 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3307 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3309 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3310 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3312 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3315 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3316 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3318 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3319 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3320 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3325 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3327 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3329 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3331 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3332 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3334 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3335 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3337 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3338 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3340 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3341 int longjmp_searched
;
3343 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3344 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3346 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3347 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3349 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3350 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3352 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3353 int exception_searched
;
3355 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3356 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3359 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3361 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3362 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3364 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3367 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3369 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3372 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3373 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3375 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3376 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3378 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3380 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3381 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3383 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3384 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3386 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3387 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3389 return bp_objfile_data
;
3393 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3395 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3397 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3398 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3402 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3404 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3405 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3407 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3409 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3410 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3413 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3415 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3418 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3420 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3422 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3423 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3425 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3426 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3429 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3432 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3433 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3435 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3436 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3438 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3440 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3441 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3445 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3446 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3449 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3453 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3455 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3456 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3458 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3460 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3462 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3464 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3466 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3469 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3470 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3472 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3474 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3476 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3480 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3483 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3484 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3486 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3488 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3489 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3490 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3494 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3495 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3498 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3501 struct probe
*probe
;
3502 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3505 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3506 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3510 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3512 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3513 get_probe_address (probe
,
3516 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3517 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3518 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3524 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3527 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3529 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3530 const char *func_name
;
3533 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3536 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3537 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3539 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3541 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3542 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3544 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3545 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3548 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3551 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3552 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3553 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3554 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3555 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3559 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3561 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3564 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3566 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3568 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3569 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3570 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3572 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3574 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3576 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3579 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3581 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3583 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3584 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3586 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3588 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3591 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3593 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3595 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3596 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3597 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3599 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3600 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3603 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3606 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3607 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3608 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3609 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3610 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3611 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3615 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3617 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3620 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3623 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3625 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3626 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3628 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3630 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3631 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3632 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3635 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3637 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3638 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3642 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3646 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3647 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3649 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3651 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3652 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3653 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3657 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3658 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3661 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3663 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3665 struct probe
*probe
;
3668 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3669 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3673 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3675 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3676 get_probe_address (probe
,
3678 bp_exception_master
,
3679 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3680 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3681 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3687 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3689 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3692 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3694 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3696 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3698 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3699 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3701 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3705 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3708 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3709 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3711 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3712 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3713 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3714 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3717 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3721 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3723 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3724 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3726 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3727 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3728 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3729 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3730 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3731 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3732 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3733 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3734 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3735 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3736 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3738 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3740 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3743 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3744 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3746 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3750 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3751 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3753 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3757 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3758 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3759 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3760 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3761 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3763 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3767 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3768 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3770 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3774 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3775 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3777 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3781 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3783 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3784 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3785 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3787 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3791 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3793 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3794 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3795 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3796 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3800 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3801 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3802 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3803 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3804 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3805 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3807 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3808 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3809 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3810 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3811 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3812 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3813 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3815 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3816 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3817 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3818 let finish_command delete it.
3820 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3821 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3822 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3823 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3824 solib breakpoints.) */
3826 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3831 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3832 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3834 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3836 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3843 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3845 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3847 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3848 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3850 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3851 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3853 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3854 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3855 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3857 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3860 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3861 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3862 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3863 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3864 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3865 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3866 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3870 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3873 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3877 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3878 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3879 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3880 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3881 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3884 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3888 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3889 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3891 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3892 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3895 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3896 This should not ever happen. */
3897 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3899 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3900 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3902 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3903 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3904 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3906 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3907 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3908 || bl
->section
== NULL
3909 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3911 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3913 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3914 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3915 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3916 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3917 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3918 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3919 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3920 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3921 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3922 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3923 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3924 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3925 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3926 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3927 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3928 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3929 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3930 they should always be removed. */
3931 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3932 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3933 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3936 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3940 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3941 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3942 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3944 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3945 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3947 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3948 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3949 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3950 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3951 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3953 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3954 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3956 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3957 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3960 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3961 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3962 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3963 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3965 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3966 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3967 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3968 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3969 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3970 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3976 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3981 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3982 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3983 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3984 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3985 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3986 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3987 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3988 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3989 always-inserted mode. */
3991 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3992 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3993 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3994 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4000 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4002 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4004 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4005 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4007 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4008 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4010 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4011 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
4012 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4015 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4016 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4019 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4020 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4022 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4026 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4033 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
4036 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4038 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4039 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4041 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4042 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
4045 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4046 This should not ever happen. */
4047 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4049 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4051 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4053 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
4055 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4059 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4062 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4064 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4066 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4067 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4071 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4072 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4074 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4077 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4078 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4079 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4084 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4086 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4087 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4089 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4091 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4093 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4096 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4098 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4099 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
4100 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4104 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4106 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4112 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4114 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4115 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4118 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4120 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4122 case bp_shlib_event
:
4124 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4125 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4126 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4127 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4128 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4130 (gdb) file prog-linux
4131 (gdb) run # native linux target
4134 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4135 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4138 case bp_step_resume
:
4140 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4142 case bp_single_step
:
4144 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4146 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4150 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4151 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4152 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4154 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4156 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4157 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4158 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4159 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4161 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4162 insert_breakpoints. */
4164 value_free (w
->val
);
4175 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4176 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4177 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4178 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4181 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4182 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4183 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4184 match, not program space. */
4186 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4187 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4188 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4189 permanent breakpoint.
4190 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4191 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4192 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4193 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4194 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4196 enum breakpoint_here
4197 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4199 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4200 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4202 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4204 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4205 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4208 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4209 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4210 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4211 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4213 if (overlay_debugging
4214 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4215 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4216 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4217 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4218 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4220 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4224 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
4227 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4230 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4232 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4235 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4236 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4242 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
4243 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
4244 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
4245 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
4248 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4251 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4253 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4255 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4256 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4260 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4262 if (overlay_debugging
4263 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4264 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4265 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4273 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
4274 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4277 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4279 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4282 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4288 /* Ignoring deprecated raw breakpoints, return non-zero iff there is a
4289 software breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4291 static struct bp_location
*
4292 find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4295 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4297 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4299 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4303 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4306 if (overlay_debugging
4307 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4308 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4309 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4318 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4322 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4325 if (find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace
, pc
) != NULL
)
4328 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4329 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4336 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4337 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4339 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4341 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4343 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4345 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4346 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4349 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4352 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4353 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4357 /* Check for intersection. */
4358 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4359 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4367 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4368 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4371 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4374 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4375 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4379 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4381 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4382 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4385 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4386 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4387 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4390 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4393 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4395 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4396 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4397 it is now time to do so. */
4399 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4400 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4404 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4406 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4407 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4408 it is now time to do so. */
4410 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4411 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4415 if (overlay_debugging
4416 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4417 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4418 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4427 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4431 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4433 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4436 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4440 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4442 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4443 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4444 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4445 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4449 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4450 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4453 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4470 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4471 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4474 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4478 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4483 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4485 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4486 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4487 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4488 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4489 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4491 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4492 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4496 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4506 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4509 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4514 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4516 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4522 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4525 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4527 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4529 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4531 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4533 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4538 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4547 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4548 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4549 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4550 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4552 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4553 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4555 Return 1 otherwise. */
4558 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4560 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4563 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4565 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4566 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4567 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4568 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4569 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4571 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4573 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4577 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4580 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4582 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4585 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4588 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4592 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4594 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4596 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4598 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4604 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4607 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4609 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4611 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4613 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4614 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4615 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4616 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4617 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4621 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4624 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4627 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4629 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4632 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4633 or its equivalent. */
4636 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4638 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4639 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4642 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4643 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4644 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4645 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4647 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4648 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4649 bpstat of the current thread. */
4652 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4655 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4658 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4660 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4663 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4664 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4666 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4668 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4671 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4672 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4674 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4675 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4676 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4678 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4680 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4681 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4682 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4683 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4684 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4685 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4686 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4687 the tree when we're done. */
4688 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4689 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4690 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4691 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4692 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4694 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4700 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4702 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4708 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4709 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4711 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4713 if (target_can_async_p ())
4714 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4715 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4716 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4719 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4720 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4721 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4722 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4723 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4724 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4725 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4726 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4727 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4728 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4729 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4730 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4731 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4736 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4741 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4743 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4745 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4746 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4747 && target_has_execution
4748 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4749 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4750 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4751 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4752 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4753 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4754 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4757 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4760 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4763 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4766 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4769 struct value_print_options opts
;
4770 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4771 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4775 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4776 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4777 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4778 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4781 static enum print_stop_action
4782 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4784 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4787 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4788 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4792 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4793 relevant messages. */
4794 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4797 case print_it_normal
:
4799 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4801 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4802 which has since been deleted. */
4804 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4806 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4807 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4812 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4813 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4818 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4821 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4824 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4826 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4830 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4831 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4832 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4834 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4835 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4836 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4839 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4840 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4841 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4845 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4849 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4850 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4853 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4858 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4859 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4860 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4863 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4868 struct so_list
*iter
;
4870 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4872 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4873 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4876 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4881 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4882 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4883 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4886 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4890 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4891 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4892 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4893 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4894 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4895 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4896 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4899 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4900 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4901 code to print the location. An example is
4902 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4904 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4905 to also print the location part of the message.
4906 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4907 don't require a location appended to the end.
4908 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4909 further info to be printed. */
4911 enum print_stop_action
4912 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4916 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4917 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4918 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4919 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4920 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4922 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4923 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4924 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4925 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4929 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4930 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4931 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4932 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4934 print_solib_event (0);
4935 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4938 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4939 with and nothing was printed. */
4940 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4943 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4944 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4945 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4946 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4947 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4948 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4951 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4953 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4954 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4956 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4960 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4963 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4967 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4969 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4970 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4971 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4972 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4973 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4974 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4975 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4977 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4981 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4982 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4985 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4987 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4989 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4991 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4993 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4994 as not triggered. */
4996 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4998 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5000 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5006 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5008 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5009 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5011 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5013 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5015 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5021 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5022 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5026 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5028 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5029 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5031 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5032 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5034 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5036 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5037 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5039 if (newaddr
== start
)
5041 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5045 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5046 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5050 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5059 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5060 because of check_errors). */
5061 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5062 #define WP_DELETED 1
5063 /* The value has changed. */
5064 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5065 /* The value has not changed. */
5066 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5067 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5070 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5071 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5073 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5076 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5077 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5080 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5082 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5083 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5084 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5085 int within_current_scope
;
5087 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5088 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5089 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5091 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5092 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5093 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5094 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5097 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5098 within_current_scope
= 1;
5101 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5102 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5103 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5105 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5106 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5107 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5108 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5109 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5110 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5111 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5112 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5113 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5114 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5117 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5118 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5120 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5121 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5122 if (within_current_scope
)
5124 struct symbol
*function
;
5126 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5127 if (function
== NULL
5128 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5129 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5130 within_current_scope
= 0;
5133 if (within_current_scope
)
5134 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5135 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5140 if (within_current_scope
)
5142 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5143 time before we return to the command level and call
5144 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5145 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5149 struct value
*new_val
;
5151 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5152 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5153 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5154 a mask watchpoint. */
5155 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5157 mark
= value_mark ();
5158 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5160 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5161 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5163 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5164 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5165 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5166 not what we want. */
5167 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5168 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5170 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5172 release_value (new_val
);
5173 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5175 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5178 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5182 /* Nothing changed. */
5183 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5184 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5189 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5191 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5192 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5193 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5194 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5195 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5196 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5197 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5198 the first value assigned). */
5199 /* We print all the stop information in
5200 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5201 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5202 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5204 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5206 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5207 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5208 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5210 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5211 which its expression is valid.\n");
5213 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5214 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5215 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5221 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5222 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5223 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5226 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5227 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5228 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5230 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5232 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5233 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5235 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5238 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5239 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5242 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5244 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5245 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5247 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5248 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5249 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5250 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5251 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5254 int must_check_value
= 0;
5256 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5257 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5259 must_check_value
= 1;
5260 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5261 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5262 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5264 must_check_value
= 1;
5265 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5266 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5267 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5268 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5269 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5270 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5271 must_check_value
= 1;
5273 if (must_check_value
)
5276 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5278 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5279 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5281 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5285 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5286 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5290 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5293 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5294 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5296 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5298 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5299 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5300 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5301 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5302 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5303 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5304 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5307 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5308 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5311 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5312 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5313 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5314 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5316 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5317 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5318 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5321 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5322 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5323 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5324 changes. This still gives false positives when
5325 the program writes the same value to memory as
5326 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5327 it for a read), but it's much better than
5330 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5332 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5334 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5336 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5337 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5338 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5340 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5341 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5343 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5344 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5346 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5352 if (other_write_watchpoint
5353 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5355 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5356 and the value changed since the last time we
5357 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5359 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5364 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5365 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5366 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5368 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5369 the value hasn't changed. */
5370 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5378 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5379 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5380 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5381 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5382 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5386 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5388 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5389 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5390 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5391 anything for this watchpoint. */
5392 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5398 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5399 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5400 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5401 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5404 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5406 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5407 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5408 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5409 struct expression
*cond
;
5411 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5413 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5414 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5415 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5416 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5417 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5419 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5420 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5421 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5423 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5424 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5430 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5431 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5433 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
))
5434 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5441 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5443 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5445 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5447 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5454 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5456 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5457 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5459 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5460 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5461 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5462 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5464 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5466 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5467 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5471 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5472 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5473 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5474 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5475 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5477 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5478 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5481 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5483 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5484 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5485 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5486 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5487 really matter which instantiation of the function
5488 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5489 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5490 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5491 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5492 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5493 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5494 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5495 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5497 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5499 select_frame (frame
);
5501 within_current_scope
= 0;
5503 if (within_current_scope
)
5505 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5506 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5510 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5511 "in the current scope"));
5512 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5513 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5516 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5517 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5520 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5524 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5528 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5530 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5535 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5536 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5538 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5539 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5542 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5544 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5546 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5547 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5548 several reasons concurrently.)
5550 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5551 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5554 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5555 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5556 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5558 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5559 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5560 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5561 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5562 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5563 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5566 int need_remove_insert
;
5569 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5570 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5571 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5572 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5573 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5574 inferior function calls. */
5578 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5581 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5583 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5584 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5585 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5586 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5587 checked all locations already. */
5588 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5591 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5594 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5597 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5600 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5603 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5604 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5605 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5609 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5610 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5611 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5613 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5615 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5617 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5622 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5623 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5625 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5627 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5628 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5631 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5635 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5636 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5637 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5639 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5641 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5643 handle_solib_event ();
5648 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5649 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5650 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5654 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5659 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5660 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5663 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5668 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5670 /* We will stop here. */
5671 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5673 --(b
->enable_count
);
5674 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5675 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5676 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5681 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5682 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5683 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5684 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5687 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5692 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5694 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5695 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5698 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5699 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5700 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5702 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5703 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5704 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5706 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5707 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5709 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5711 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5712 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5715 if (need_remove_insert
)
5716 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5717 else if (removed_any
)
5718 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5724 handle_jit_event (void)
5726 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5727 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5729 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5730 breakpoint_re_set. */
5731 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5733 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5734 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5736 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5738 target_terminal_inferior ();
5741 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5743 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5746 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5748 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5752 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5753 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5754 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5756 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5758 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5759 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5760 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5763 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5765 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5766 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5770 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5777 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5778 case bp_single_step
:
5781 case bp_shlib_event
:
5785 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5787 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5790 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5793 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5794 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5795 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5799 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5801 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5805 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5806 This requires no further action. */
5810 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5812 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5813 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5815 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5816 case bp_exception_resume
:
5817 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5818 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5820 case bp_step_resume
:
5822 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5825 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5826 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5829 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5831 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5834 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5835 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5838 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5839 case bp_thread_event
:
5840 case bp_overlay_event
:
5841 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5842 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5843 case bp_exception_master
:
5844 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5850 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5852 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5856 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5857 This requires no further action. */
5862 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5865 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5866 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5867 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5868 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5870 case bp_std_terminate
:
5871 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5872 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5873 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5874 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5877 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5878 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5879 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5880 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5882 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5883 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5885 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5886 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5887 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5889 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5890 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5891 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5892 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5897 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5899 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5903 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5904 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5907 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5910 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5911 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5916 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5918 handle_jit_event ();
5921 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5923 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5929 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5930 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5932 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5933 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5941 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5942 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5943 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5946 bpstat_should_step (void)
5948 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5951 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5957 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5959 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5968 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5969 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5970 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5973 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5975 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5976 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5980 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5982 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5984 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5985 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5986 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5991 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5997 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5998 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6000 "host": Host evals condition.
6001 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6002 "target": Target evals condition.
6006 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6008 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6009 char host_evals
= 0;
6010 char target_evals
= 0;
6015 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6018 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6019 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6020 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6022 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6024 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6030 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6031 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6032 else if (target_evals
)
6033 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6035 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6038 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6039 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6042 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6044 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6047 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6048 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6049 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6051 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6052 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6054 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6057 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6060 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6061 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6063 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6064 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6066 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6070 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6072 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6073 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
6074 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6077 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6080 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
6081 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
6082 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6083 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6084 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6085 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
6087 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
6088 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6089 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
6091 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6092 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
6093 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6095 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
6099 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
6100 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
6102 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
6104 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
6106 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
6109 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
6111 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6112 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6113 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6115 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6116 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6117 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6118 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
6121 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6125 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6127 struct ep_type_description
6132 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6134 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6135 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6136 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6137 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6138 {bp_until
, "until"},
6139 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6140 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6141 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6142 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6143 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6144 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6145 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6146 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6147 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6148 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6149 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6150 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6151 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6152 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6153 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6154 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6155 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6156 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6157 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6158 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6159 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6160 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6161 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6162 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6163 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6164 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6165 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6166 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6167 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6170 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6171 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6172 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6173 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6176 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6179 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6180 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6183 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6184 const char *field_name
,
6188 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6189 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6193 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6194 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6195 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6198 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6200 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6206 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6207 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6212 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6214 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6216 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6220 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6223 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6226 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6227 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6229 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6232 struct command_line
*l
;
6233 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6235 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6236 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6237 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6238 struct value_print_options opts
;
6240 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6242 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6243 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6244 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6247 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6248 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6256 if (part_of_multiple
)
6259 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6260 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6265 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6270 if (part_of_multiple
)
6271 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6273 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6277 if (part_of_multiple
)
6278 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6280 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6285 if (part_of_multiple
)
6286 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6288 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6289 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6290 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6294 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6296 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6297 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6298 make sure there's just one location. */
6299 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6300 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6306 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6307 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6311 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6312 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6313 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6315 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6317 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6318 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6319 is relatively readable). */
6320 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6321 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6323 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6328 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6329 case bp_single_step
:
6333 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6334 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6336 case bp_exception_resume
:
6337 case bp_step_resume
:
6338 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6339 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6341 case bp_std_terminate
:
6342 case bp_shlib_event
:
6343 case bp_thread_event
:
6344 case bp_overlay_event
:
6345 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6346 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6347 case bp_exception_master
:
6349 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6350 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6353 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6354 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6355 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6358 if (header_of_multiple
)
6359 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6360 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6361 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6363 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6364 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6367 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6368 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6375 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6377 struct inferior
*inf
;
6378 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6383 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6384 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6387 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6388 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6390 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6391 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6392 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6393 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6394 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6395 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6397 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6398 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6401 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6403 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6405 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6406 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6407 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6408 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6410 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6412 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6413 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6417 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6419 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6420 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6422 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6425 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6426 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6428 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6429 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6430 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6433 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6436 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6437 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6439 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6440 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6442 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6443 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6444 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6445 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6446 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6448 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6449 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6450 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6451 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6453 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6456 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6458 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6459 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6460 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6461 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6464 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6468 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6469 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6470 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6471 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6472 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6474 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6475 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6476 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6477 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6478 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6480 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6484 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6485 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6486 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6490 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6493 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6494 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6495 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6498 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6499 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6500 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6501 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6504 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6505 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6506 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6507 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6508 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6510 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6511 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6512 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6515 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6517 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6519 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6521 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6522 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6523 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6527 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6528 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6530 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6533 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6534 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6535 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6538 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6540 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6542 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6544 annotate_field (10);
6545 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6546 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6547 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6550 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6552 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6554 annotate_field (11);
6556 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6557 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6558 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6562 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6564 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6565 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6570 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6572 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6574 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6576 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6578 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6579 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6584 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6585 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6588 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6589 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6591 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6593 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6594 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6596 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6597 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6598 locations, if any. */
6599 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6601 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6602 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6603 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6606 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6607 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6609 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6610 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6612 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6615 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6617 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6618 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6619 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6620 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6627 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6629 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6630 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6632 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6636 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6637 an address to print. */
6638 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6641 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6642 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6643 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6646 return print_address_bits
;
6649 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6655 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6657 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6658 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6659 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6663 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6665 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6673 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6674 char **error_message
)
6676 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6679 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6681 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6682 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6688 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6689 internal or momentary. */
6692 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6694 return b
->number
> 0;
6697 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6698 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6699 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6700 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6701 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6702 breakpoints listed. */
6705 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6706 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6708 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6709 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6710 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6711 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6712 struct value_print_options opts
;
6713 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6714 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6715 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6717 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6719 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6720 required for address fields. */
6721 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6724 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6725 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6728 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6729 accept. Skip the others. */
6730 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6732 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6734 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6738 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6740 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6742 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6743 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6744 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6746 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6747 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6748 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6750 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6754 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6756 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6757 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6761 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6762 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6765 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6766 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6767 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6769 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6770 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6772 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6773 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6774 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6776 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6777 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6779 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6780 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6782 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6784 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6785 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6786 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6788 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6789 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6791 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6793 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6794 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6795 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6796 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6801 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6802 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6805 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6806 accept. Skip the others. */
6808 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6810 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6812 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6815 else /* all others */
6817 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6821 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6823 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6824 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6827 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6829 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6831 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6835 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6836 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6838 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6839 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6845 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6846 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6849 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6850 there have been breakpoints? */
6851 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6853 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6856 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6857 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6860 default_collect_info (void)
6862 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6864 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6865 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6867 if (!*default_collect
)
6870 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6872 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6873 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6874 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6878 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6880 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6882 default_collect_info ();
6886 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6888 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6889 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6891 if (num_printed
== 0)
6893 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6894 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6896 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6901 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6903 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6905 default_collect_info ();
6909 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6910 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6911 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6913 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6915 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6917 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6918 && bl
->address
== pc
6919 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6925 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6926 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6930 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6931 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6932 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6935 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6938 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6939 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6943 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6944 else /* if (others == ???) */
6945 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6947 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6950 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6951 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6952 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6953 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6954 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6955 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6956 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6957 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6959 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6963 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6965 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6966 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6967 printf_filtered (".\n");
6972 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6973 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6974 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6975 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6977 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6978 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6979 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6980 breakpoint at address zero:
6988 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6990 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6992 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6995 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6996 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6999 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7000 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7002 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7003 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7005 /* Both of them must exist. */
7006 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7007 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7009 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7010 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7011 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7012 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7013 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7014 other watchpoint. */
7016 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7018 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7021 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7023 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7027 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7028 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7029 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7030 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7031 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7032 become hw_access locations later. */
7033 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7034 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7035 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7036 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7039 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7042 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7043 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7045 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7046 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7050 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7051 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7052 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7053 space doesn't really matter. */
7056 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7057 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7060 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7061 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7062 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7065 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7066 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7067 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7068 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7071 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7072 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7075 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7078 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7079 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7083 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7084 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7085 true, otherwise returns false. */
7088 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7089 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7091 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7092 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7093 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7094 different locations. */
7095 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7100 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7101 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7102 represent the same location. */
7105 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7106 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7108 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7110 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7111 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7112 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7114 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7115 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7117 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7120 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7121 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7122 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7124 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7125 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7126 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7127 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7131 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7132 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7134 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7135 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7139 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7140 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7142 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7143 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7145 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7148 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7149 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7150 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7151 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7154 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7155 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7157 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7159 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7162 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7163 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7164 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7165 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7166 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7168 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7169 have their addresses modified. */
7172 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7174 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7175 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7176 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7177 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7178 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7179 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7184 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7186 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7187 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7188 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7190 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7191 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7193 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7194 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7196 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7201 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7202 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7204 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7206 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7211 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7212 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7215 switch (owner
->type
)
7218 case bp_single_step
:
7222 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7223 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7225 case bp_exception_resume
:
7226 case bp_step_resume
:
7227 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7228 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7230 case bp_std_terminate
:
7231 case bp_shlib_event
:
7232 case bp_thread_event
:
7233 case bp_overlay_event
:
7235 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7236 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7237 case bp_exception_master
:
7238 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7239 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7241 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7242 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7244 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7245 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7246 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7248 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7249 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7250 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7251 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7256 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7257 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7258 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7261 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7267 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7269 static struct bp_location
*
7270 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7272 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7276 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7278 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7282 /* Increment reference count. */
7285 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7290 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7291 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7294 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7296 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7298 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7299 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7303 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7306 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7308 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7310 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7311 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7313 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7315 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7324 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7327 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7328 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7330 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7332 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7334 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7338 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7339 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7340 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7342 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7345 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7347 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7348 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7349 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7350 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7353 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7354 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7356 static struct breakpoint
*
7357 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7359 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7361 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7363 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7364 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7368 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7369 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7373 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7375 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7377 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7378 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7379 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7382 const char *function_name
;
7383 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7385 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7386 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7388 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7390 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7392 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7393 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7394 &loc
->requested_address
))
7396 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7397 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7398 loc
->requested_address
,
7401 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7402 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7404 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7405 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7406 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7407 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7409 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7414 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7418 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7420 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7423 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7425 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7430 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7431 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7432 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7434 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7435 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7436 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7439 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7440 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7441 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7443 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7445 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7447 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7448 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7450 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7451 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7453 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7454 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7457 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7458 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7459 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7460 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7461 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7462 is also returned as the value of this function.
7464 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7465 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7466 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7467 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7468 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7469 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7470 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7473 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7474 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7475 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7477 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7479 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7480 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7485 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7486 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7488 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7490 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7492 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7494 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7495 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7496 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7497 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7498 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7499 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7503 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7504 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7505 initiated the operation. */
7508 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7510 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7511 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7513 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7514 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7515 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7516 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7517 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7518 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7519 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7520 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7522 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7523 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7525 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7526 after their removal. */
7527 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7528 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7529 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7532 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7535 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7537 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7539 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7541 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7542 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7544 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7545 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7550 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7552 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7554 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7555 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7557 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7558 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7562 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7563 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7564 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7568 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7570 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7573 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7575 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7577 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7578 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7580 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7582 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7584 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7587 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7588 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7589 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7590 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7596 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7597 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7600 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7601 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7605 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7607 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7609 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7610 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->num
)
7612 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7614 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7615 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7616 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7617 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7620 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7622 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7624 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7625 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7626 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7628 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7633 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7635 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7638 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7640 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7641 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7642 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7647 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7649 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7652 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7654 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7655 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7656 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7660 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7661 master breakpoint. */
7663 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7665 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7667 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7668 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7669 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7671 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7672 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7676 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7678 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7680 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7682 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7683 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7684 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7688 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7690 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7692 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7693 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7695 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7696 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7698 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7700 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7706 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7708 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7710 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7711 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7712 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7713 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7716 struct lang_and_radix
7722 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7725 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7727 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7729 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7730 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7731 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7735 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7738 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7740 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7742 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7743 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7744 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7745 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7749 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7751 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7753 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7754 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7755 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7756 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7759 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7762 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7764 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7766 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7767 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7768 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7769 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7772 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7773 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7774 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7776 static struct breakpoint
*
7777 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7778 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7780 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7782 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7783 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7784 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7789 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7791 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7794 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7797 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7799 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7801 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7803 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7804 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7806 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7812 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7813 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7816 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7818 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7820 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7822 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7823 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7825 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7826 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7827 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7828 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7829 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7830 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7831 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7832 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7833 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7834 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7835 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7836 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7839 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7844 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7845 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7846 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7849 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7851 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7852 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7854 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7855 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7856 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7857 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7858 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7859 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7862 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7864 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7865 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7867 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7868 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7869 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7870 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7871 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7872 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7873 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7874 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7875 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7877 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7878 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7879 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7880 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7883 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7884 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7886 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7888 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7889 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7890 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7893 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7898 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7899 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7900 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7903 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7905 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7907 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7910 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7911 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7912 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7913 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7914 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7915 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7916 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7917 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7918 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7919 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7921 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7922 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7927 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7928 int bp_modified
= 0;
7930 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7933 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7935 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7937 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7938 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7941 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7944 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7947 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7948 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7951 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7953 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7954 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7955 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7956 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7957 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7960 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7967 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7971 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7973 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7974 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7975 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7976 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7977 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7979 struct fork_catchpoint
7981 /* The base class. */
7982 struct breakpoint base
;
7984 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7985 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7986 catchpoint has triggered. */
7987 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7990 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7994 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7996 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7999 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8003 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8005 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8008 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8012 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8013 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8014 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8016 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8018 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8021 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8025 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8028 static enum print_stop_action
8029 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8031 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8032 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8033 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8035 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8036 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8037 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8039 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8040 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8042 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8043 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8044 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8046 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8047 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
8048 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8049 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8050 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8053 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8057 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8059 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8060 struct value_print_options opts
;
8061 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8063 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8065 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8066 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8068 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8069 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8071 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
8072 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8074 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8075 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8076 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8077 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8080 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8081 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
8084 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8088 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8090 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8093 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8097 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8099 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8100 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8103 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8105 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8107 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8111 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8113 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8116 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8120 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8122 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8125 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8129 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8130 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8131 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8133 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8135 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8138 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8142 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8145 static enum print_stop_action
8146 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8148 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8149 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8150 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8152 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8153 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8154 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8156 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8157 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8159 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8160 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8161 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8163 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8164 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8165 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8166 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8167 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8170 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8174 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8176 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8177 struct value_print_options opts
;
8178 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8180 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8181 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8182 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8184 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8185 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8187 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8188 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8190 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8191 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8192 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8193 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8196 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8197 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8200 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8204 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8206 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8209 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8213 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8215 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8216 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8219 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8221 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8223 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8224 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8225 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8226 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8227 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8229 struct solib_catchpoint
8231 /* The base class. */
8232 struct breakpoint base
;
8234 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8235 unsigned char is_load
;
8237 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8238 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8244 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8246 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8249 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8250 xfree (self
->regex
);
8252 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8256 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8262 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8268 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8269 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8271 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8273 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8274 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8276 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8279 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8281 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8283 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8286 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8289 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8292 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8294 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8303 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8305 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8306 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8311 struct so_list
*iter
;
8314 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8319 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8328 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8333 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8339 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8342 static enum print_stop_action
8343 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8345 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8346 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8348 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8349 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8350 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8352 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8353 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8354 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8355 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8356 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8357 print_solib_event (1);
8358 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8362 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8364 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8365 struct value_print_options opts
;
8366 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8369 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8370 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8371 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8373 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8376 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8383 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8385 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8390 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8392 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8394 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8397 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8398 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8399 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8403 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8405 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8407 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8408 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8412 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8414 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8416 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8417 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8418 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8420 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8421 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8424 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8426 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8427 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8428 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8429 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8430 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8431 created in an enabled state. */
8434 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8436 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8437 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8438 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8442 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8444 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8445 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8451 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8454 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8456 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8457 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8459 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8462 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8463 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8464 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8466 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8468 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8469 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8472 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8476 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8477 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8480 const int enabled
= 1;
8482 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8484 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8488 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8489 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8491 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8495 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8496 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8498 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8501 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8502 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8503 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8504 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8505 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8507 struct syscall_catchpoint
8509 /* The base class. */
8510 struct breakpoint base
;
8512 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8513 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8514 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8515 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8516 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8519 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8523 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8525 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8527 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8529 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8532 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8534 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8536 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8537 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8538 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8540 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8541 int any_syscall_count
;
8543 /* Count of each system call. */
8544 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8546 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8547 if any catching is necessary. */
8548 int total_syscalls_count
;
8551 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8552 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8554 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8556 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8557 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8559 inf_data
= XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8560 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8567 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8573 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8577 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8579 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8580 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8581 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8582 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8584 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8585 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8586 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8592 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8597 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8599 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8600 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8601 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8603 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8604 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8605 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8607 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8608 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8610 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8611 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8615 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8616 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8617 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8619 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8621 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8624 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8628 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8630 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8631 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8632 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8633 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8635 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8636 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8637 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8643 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8647 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8648 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8650 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8651 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8655 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8656 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8657 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8659 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8661 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8664 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8668 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8669 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8670 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8672 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8673 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8674 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8675 int syscall_number
= 0;
8676 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8677 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8679 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8680 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8683 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8685 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8686 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8691 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8693 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8702 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8705 static enum print_stop_action
8706 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8708 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8709 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8710 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8711 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8712 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8713 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8715 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8718 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8720 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8722 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8724 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8725 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8727 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8728 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8730 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8731 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8732 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8733 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8734 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8736 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8738 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8739 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8741 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8743 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8744 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8746 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8748 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8750 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8753 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8757 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8758 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8760 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8761 struct value_print_options opts
;
8762 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8764 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8765 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8766 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8768 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8769 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8772 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8773 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8774 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8776 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8778 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8781 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8784 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8789 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8792 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8794 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8796 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8797 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8801 /* Remove the last comma. */
8802 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8803 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8806 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8807 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8809 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8810 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8813 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8817 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8819 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8821 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8825 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8826 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8828 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8831 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8835 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8838 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8840 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8842 printf_filtered (")");
8845 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8849 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8853 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8855 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8857 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8859 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8864 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8869 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8871 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8873 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8876 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8879 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8881 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8883 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8886 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8888 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8891 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8892 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8893 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8894 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8897 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8898 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8900 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8902 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8905 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8907 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8909 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8910 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8914 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8916 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8917 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8918 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8919 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8922 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8925 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8929 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8930 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8931 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8933 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8935 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8937 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8939 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8942 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8944 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8945 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8946 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8947 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8948 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8950 struct exec_catchpoint
8952 /* The base class. */
8953 struct breakpoint base
;
8955 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8956 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8958 char *exec_pathname
;
8961 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8965 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8967 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8969 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8971 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8975 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8977 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8981 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8983 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8987 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8988 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8989 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8991 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8993 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8996 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
9000 static enum print_stop_action
9001 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
9003 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9004 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9005 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
9007 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
9008 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9009 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
9011 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
9012 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9014 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9015 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
9016 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9018 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9019 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
9020 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
9021 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
9023 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9027 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9029 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
9030 struct value_print_options opts
;
9031 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9033 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9035 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
9036 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
9037 is relatively readable). */
9038 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9039 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
9041 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
9042 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
9044 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
9045 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
9046 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
9049 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9050 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
9054 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9056 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
9059 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
9063 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9065 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
9066 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9069 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
9072 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
9073 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
9075 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
9076 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9078 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
9079 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
9080 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
9082 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
9086 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
9089 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9090 struct bp_location
*bl
;
9094 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9095 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
9097 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
9099 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
9106 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
9110 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9113 struct bp_location
*bl
;
9115 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9118 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
9120 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
9122 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
9128 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
9129 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
9130 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
9131 types _not_ TYPE. */
9134 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
9135 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
9138 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9140 *other_type_used
= 0;
9145 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9148 if (b
->type
== type
)
9149 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
9150 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
9151 *other_type_used
= 1;
9158 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
9160 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9164 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
9166 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
9167 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9173 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
9175 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9179 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
9181 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9182 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9188 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9190 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
9191 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9195 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9197 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
9198 breakpoint_re_set ();
9201 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
9204 static struct breakpoint
*
9205 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
9207 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9209 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
9210 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
9212 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9213 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
9216 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
9218 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
9223 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
9224 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
9228 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
9229 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
9231 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9233 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9235 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
9237 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
9238 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9239 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9240 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
9242 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9243 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9245 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9246 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9248 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9253 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9254 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
9255 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
9257 static struct breakpoint
*
9258 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
9260 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9263 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
9265 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
9266 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
9267 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
9269 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
9270 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
9271 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
9272 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
9273 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
9274 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
9275 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
9276 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
9277 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
9278 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
9279 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
9280 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
9282 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9283 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9284 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
9286 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
9290 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9294 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
9296 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9300 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
9304 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9307 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9309 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9311 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
9312 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9314 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
9318 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9321 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9323 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
9324 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
9326 printf_filtered ("\n");
9330 static struct bp_location
*
9331 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9332 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9334 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
9335 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
9336 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9338 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9339 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9341 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9342 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9343 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9344 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9345 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9346 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9347 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9350 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9351 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9352 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9353 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9358 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9359 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9360 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9361 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9362 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9363 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9364 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9365 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9366 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9367 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9369 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9370 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9375 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9376 return 0 otherwise. */
9379 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9383 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9384 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9385 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9388 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9390 addr
= loc
->address
;
9391 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9393 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9397 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
9399 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9400 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9401 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9402 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9404 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9405 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9407 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9408 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9411 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9416 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9417 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9420 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9422 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9423 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9428 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9430 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9432 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9434 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9436 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9437 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9439 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9440 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9441 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9443 if (!dprintf_function
)
9444 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9446 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9447 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9452 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9456 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9458 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9459 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9462 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9463 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9467 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9468 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9470 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9471 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9473 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
9474 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9476 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9477 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9478 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9479 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9480 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9481 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9483 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9487 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9488 current style settings. */
9491 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9492 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9494 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9498 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9499 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9503 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9504 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9505 as condition expression. */
9508 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9509 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9510 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9512 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9513 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9514 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9515 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9516 int display_canonical
)
9520 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9522 int target_resources_ok
;
9524 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9525 target_resources_ok
=
9526 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9528 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9529 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9530 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9531 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9534 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9536 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9538 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9539 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9543 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9545 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9547 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9548 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9553 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9557 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9558 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9559 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9560 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9561 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9563 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9564 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9566 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9568 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9569 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9571 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9573 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9574 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9575 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9579 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9581 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9583 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9584 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9586 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9588 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9590 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9592 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9593 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9595 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9597 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9600 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9601 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9608 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9609 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9613 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9614 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9618 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9620 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9621 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9623 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9626 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9627 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9628 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9630 if (b
->extra_string
)
9631 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9633 error (_("Format string required"));
9635 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9636 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9639 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9641 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9643 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9646 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9651 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9652 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9653 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9655 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9656 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9657 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9658 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9659 int display_canonical
)
9661 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9662 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9664 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9666 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9668 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9672 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9674 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9676 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9678 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9680 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9682 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9684 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9686 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9689 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9690 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9691 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9692 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9693 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9694 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9695 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9696 we take just a single condition string.
9698 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9699 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9700 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9701 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9702 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9705 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9706 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9707 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9708 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9709 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9710 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9711 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9714 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9716 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9717 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9719 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9721 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9722 'break', without arguments. */
9723 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9724 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9726 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9727 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9729 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9730 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9733 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9735 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9736 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9737 canonical
->special_display
);
9738 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9742 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9743 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9744 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9745 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9747 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9748 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9751 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9752 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9754 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9756 if ((*address
) == NULL
9757 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9759 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9761 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9763 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9764 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9767 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9768 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9769 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9771 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9772 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9773 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9774 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9775 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9776 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9778 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9780 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9781 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9782 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9783 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9784 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9786 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9788 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9789 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9790 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9792 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9795 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9799 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9801 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9802 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9803 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9804 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9806 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9807 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9808 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9810 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9811 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9812 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9813 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9814 get_last_displayed_line (),
9815 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9817 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9818 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9823 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9824 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9827 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9831 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9832 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9835 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9836 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9837 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9838 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9839 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9843 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9844 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9847 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9849 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9851 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9853 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9855 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9857 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9858 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9859 associated with SAL. */
9862 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9864 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9867 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9868 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9870 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9874 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9876 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9877 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9879 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9882 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9883 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9884 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9885 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9886 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9887 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9890 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9891 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9894 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9901 const char *end_tok
;
9903 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9904 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9906 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9908 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9910 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9914 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9916 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9918 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9920 struct expression
*expr
;
9922 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9923 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9926 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9928 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9933 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9935 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9936 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9937 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9940 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9945 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9947 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9948 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9949 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9954 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9958 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9962 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9964 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9965 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9967 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9968 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9969 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9970 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9975 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9977 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9979 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9980 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9982 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9983 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9984 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9986 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9987 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9989 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9991 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9993 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9995 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9997 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9998 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
10000 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
10003 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10009 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
10010 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
10011 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
10012 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
10013 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
10014 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
10015 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
10016 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
10017 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
10018 was created; false otherwise. */
10021 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
10022 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
10023 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
10025 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
10027 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
10028 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
10029 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
10032 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10033 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
10034 char *addr_start
= arg
;
10035 struct linespec_result canonical
;
10036 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10037 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
10040 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
10042 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
10044 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
10046 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
10048 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
10049 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
10052 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
10056 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
10062 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
10064 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
10067 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
10068 throw_exception (e
);
10070 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
10072 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
10073 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
10074 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
10075 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
10076 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
10079 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
10080 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
10081 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
10082 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
10084 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
10086 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
10087 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
10088 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
10089 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
10090 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
10092 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
10096 throw_exception (e
);
10100 throw_exception (e
);
10103 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
10104 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
10106 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
10107 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
10108 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
10109 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
10110 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
10112 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
10113 are ok for the target. */
10117 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
10119 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
10120 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
10123 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
10124 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
10127 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
10129 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
10130 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
10133 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
10134 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
10141 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
10143 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
10145 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
10146 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
10147 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
10148 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
10150 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
10151 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
10153 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10155 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
10157 extra_string
= rest
;
10162 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
10164 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10167 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
10168 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10170 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
10173 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
10174 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
10178 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
10179 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
10180 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
10181 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
10182 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
10186 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10188 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
10190 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
10192 struct tracepoint
*t
;
10194 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
10198 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
10200 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
10202 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
10204 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
10207 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10210 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
10211 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
10213 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
10215 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
10216 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
10217 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
10218 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
10219 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
10220 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
10221 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
10222 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10224 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
10227 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
10229 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10230 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10231 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
10234 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10236 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
10237 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10238 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10240 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10241 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10246 /* Set a breakpoint.
10247 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10248 condition, and thread.
10249 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10250 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10251 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10254 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
10256 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
10257 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10258 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10260 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
10261 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
10263 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10264 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
10265 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
10267 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
10269 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10271 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10272 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
10273 0 /* Ignore count */,
10274 pending_break_support
,
10282 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10285 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
10289 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10291 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
10292 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10293 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
10296 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10297 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10298 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
10299 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
10302 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10304 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
10305 const struct block
*b
;
10306 struct symbol
*sym
;
10308 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
10311 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
10314 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
10315 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal
->symtab
->objfile
, sym
);
10319 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10320 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10321 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10322 happen in assembly source). */
10324 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10325 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10327 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10329 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10331 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10333 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10340 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10342 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10346 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10348 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10352 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10354 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10358 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10360 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10364 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10366 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10367 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10368 stop at <line>\n"));
10372 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10376 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10378 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10380 char *argptr
= arg
;
10383 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10384 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10385 function/method name. */
10386 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10388 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10393 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10395 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10399 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10401 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10405 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10409 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10413 char *argptr
= arg
;
10416 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10417 it is probably a line number. */
10418 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10420 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10425 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10427 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10431 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10433 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10436 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10437 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10438 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10442 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10444 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10446 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10448 0 /* Ignore count */,
10449 pending_break_support
,
10450 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10458 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10460 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10463 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10464 ranged breakpoints. */
10467 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10468 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10470 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10472 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10473 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10476 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10477 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10480 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10481 ranged breakpoints. */
10484 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10486 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10489 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10490 ranged breakpoints. */
10492 static enum print_stop_action
10493 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10495 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10496 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10497 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10499 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10501 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10502 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10504 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10505 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10506 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10508 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10509 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10511 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10512 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10513 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10515 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10516 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10518 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10521 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10522 ranged breakpoints. */
10525 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10526 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10528 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10529 struct value_print_options opts
;
10530 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10532 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10533 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10535 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10537 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10538 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10539 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10540 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10541 annotate_field (5);
10542 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10546 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10547 ranged breakpoints. */
10550 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10551 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10553 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10554 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10555 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10556 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10560 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10561 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10563 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10564 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10565 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10566 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10567 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10568 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10570 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10573 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10574 ranged breakpoints. */
10577 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10579 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10580 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10583 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10585 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10588 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10589 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10590 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10593 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10594 ranged breakpoints. */
10597 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10599 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10600 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10601 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10604 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10606 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10608 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10609 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10610 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10611 last instruction of the given line. */
10614 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10618 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10619 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10620 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10627 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10629 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10631 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10638 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10641 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10643 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10644 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10645 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10647 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10648 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10649 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10650 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10652 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10653 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10654 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10656 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10657 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10658 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10660 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10661 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10663 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10664 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10665 error(_("No address range specified."));
10667 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10670 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10672 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10675 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10676 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10677 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10679 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10681 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10682 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10683 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10685 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10686 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10687 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10689 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10690 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10692 /* Parse the end location. */
10694 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10697 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10698 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10699 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10700 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10701 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10702 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10703 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10704 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10706 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10708 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10709 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10711 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10712 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10713 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10714 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10716 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10717 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10718 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10720 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10721 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10722 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10724 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10726 /* Length overflowed. */
10727 error (_("Address range too large."));
10728 else if (length
== 1)
10730 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10731 the `hbreak' command. */
10732 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10734 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10739 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10740 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10741 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10742 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10743 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10744 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10745 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10746 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10747 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10749 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10752 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10753 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10756 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10757 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10758 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10762 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10764 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10770 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10771 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10774 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10784 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10785 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10786 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10787 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10788 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10790 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10817 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10820 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10821 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10826 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10827 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10828 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10829 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10830 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10831 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10832 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10834 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10835 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10840 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10842 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10843 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10844 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10845 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10847 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10848 are always constant. */
10850 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10852 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10853 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10854 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10859 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10860 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10861 then it is not a constant. */
10870 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10873 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10875 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10877 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10879 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10880 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10881 value_free (w
->val
);
10883 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10886 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10889 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10891 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10893 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10894 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10896 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10897 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10898 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10899 are loaded and unloaded.
10901 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10902 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10903 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10904 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10905 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10906 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10908 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10909 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10910 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10911 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10913 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10914 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10916 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10917 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10918 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10921 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10924 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10926 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10927 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10929 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10933 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10936 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10938 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10939 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10941 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10946 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10947 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10948 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10950 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10951 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10953 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10954 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10955 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10956 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10957 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10958 (did not match the data address). */
10959 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10960 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10967 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10969 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10971 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10974 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10975 hardware watchpoints. */
10978 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10980 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10981 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10983 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10986 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10987 hardware watchpoints. */
10990 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10992 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10993 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10996 static enum print_stop_action
10997 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10999 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11000 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11001 struct ui_file
*stb
;
11002 enum print_stop_action result
;
11003 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11004 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11006 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
11008 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11009 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11011 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
11012 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
11016 case bp_watchpoint
:
11017 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11018 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
11019 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11020 ui_out_field_string
11022 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11024 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
11025 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
11026 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
11027 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
11028 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
11029 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
11030 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
11031 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11032 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11033 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11036 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11037 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11038 ui_out_field_string
11040 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11042 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
11043 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
11044 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
11045 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
11046 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11047 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11050 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11051 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
11053 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
11054 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11055 ui_out_field_string
11057 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11059 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
11060 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
11061 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
11062 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
11063 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
11068 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11069 ui_out_field_string
11071 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11072 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
11073 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
11075 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
11076 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
11077 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11078 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11081 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11084 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11088 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
11092 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11094 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11095 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11096 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11100 case bp_watchpoint
:
11101 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
11102 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11104 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11105 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
11106 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11108 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11109 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
11110 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11112 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11113 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11114 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11117 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11118 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11121 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11122 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11123 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11124 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11127 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11131 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11133 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11137 case bp_watchpoint
:
11138 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11139 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11141 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11142 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11144 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11145 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11148 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11149 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
11152 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
11153 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11156 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
11160 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
11162 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
11163 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
11164 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
11170 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
11172 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11174 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
11175 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11178 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11180 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11182 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
11183 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
11186 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
11187 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11190 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11192 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11194 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
11195 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
11198 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11199 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11202 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
11204 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11206 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11209 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11210 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11213 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11218 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11219 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11221 static enum print_stop_action
11222 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11224 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11225 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11227 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11228 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11232 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11233 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
11234 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11235 ui_out_field_string
11237 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11240 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11241 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11242 ui_out_field_string
11244 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11247 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11248 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11249 ui_out_field_string
11251 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11254 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11255 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11259 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
11260 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11261 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11262 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11264 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11265 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11268 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11269 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11272 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
11273 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11275 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11277 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11278 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11280 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
11281 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11282 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11285 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11286 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11289 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11291 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11292 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11293 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11297 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11298 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11299 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11301 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11302 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11303 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11305 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11306 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11307 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11310 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11311 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11314 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11315 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11316 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11317 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11320 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11321 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11324 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11326 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11331 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11332 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11334 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11335 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11337 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11338 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11341 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11342 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11345 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11346 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11347 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11350 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11352 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11354 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11357 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11359 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11362 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11363 hw_read: watch read,
11364 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11366 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11367 int just_location
, int internal
)
11369 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
11370 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11371 struct expression
*exp
;
11372 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11373 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11374 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11375 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11376 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11377 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11378 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11380 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11381 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11382 enum bptype bp_type
;
11385 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11386 the hardware watchpoint. */
11388 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11389 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11391 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11393 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11394 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11396 const char *value_start
;
11398 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11400 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11401 of the arguments string. */
11402 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11404 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11405 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11408 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11409 This is the value of the parameter. */
11410 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11412 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11414 /* Skip whitespace. */
11415 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11420 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11421 This is the parameter itself. */
11422 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11425 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11427 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
11429 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11430 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11431 only in a specific thread. */
11435 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11437 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11438 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11440 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11442 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11443 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11445 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11446 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11447 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11449 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
11451 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11452 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11454 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11457 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11459 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11461 mark
= value_mark ();
11462 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11463 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11464 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11467 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11470 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11471 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11478 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11479 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11481 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11482 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11483 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11484 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11485 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11487 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11488 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11490 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11493 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11494 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11498 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11499 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11501 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11504 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11505 mark
= value_mark ();
11506 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11508 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11510 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11511 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11518 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11519 val
= value_addr (result
);
11520 release_value (val
);
11521 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11525 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11528 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11529 else if (ret
== -2)
11530 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11533 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11534 release_value (val
);
11536 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11537 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11539 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11540 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11542 struct expression
*cond
;
11544 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11545 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11546 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11548 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11549 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11550 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11556 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11558 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11560 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11561 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11562 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11563 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11564 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11566 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11569 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11570 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11571 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11572 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11574 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11576 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11577 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11579 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11580 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11582 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11583 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11584 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11585 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11586 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11587 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11588 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11589 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11590 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11594 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11595 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11596 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11597 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11599 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11600 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11601 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11602 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11604 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11606 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11609 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11610 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11612 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11613 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11614 b
->thread
= thread
;
11615 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11616 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11618 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11619 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11622 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11623 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11626 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11627 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11629 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11630 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11633 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11634 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11636 /* The above expression is in C. */
11637 b
->language
= language_c
;
11640 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11644 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11649 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11650 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11655 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11657 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11661 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11662 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11666 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11667 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11670 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11672 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11673 need to act on them together. */
11674 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11675 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11678 if (!just_location
)
11679 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11681 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11683 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11684 that should be inserted. */
11685 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11689 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11690 throw_exception (e
);
11693 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11694 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11697 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11698 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11701 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11703 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11704 struct value
*head
= v
;
11706 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11707 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11710 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11711 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11712 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11713 hardware watchpoint.
11715 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11716 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11717 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11718 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11719 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11720 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11721 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11722 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11723 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11725 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11726 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11727 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11728 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11729 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11731 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11733 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11734 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11735 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11736 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11737 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11738 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11742 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11743 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11744 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11746 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11747 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11748 middle of some value chain. */
11750 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11751 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11753 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11757 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11758 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11759 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11761 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11765 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11769 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11770 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11771 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11772 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11773 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11776 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11777 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11778 return found_memory_cnt
;
11782 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11784 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11787 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11788 calls watch_command_1. */
11791 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11793 int just_location
= 0;
11796 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11797 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11799 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11803 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11807 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11809 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11813 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11815 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11819 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11821 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11825 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11827 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11831 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11833 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11837 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11838 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11840 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11842 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11843 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11847 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11848 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11849 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11852 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11854 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11856 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11857 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11858 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11859 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11863 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11865 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11866 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11867 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11868 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11869 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11870 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11871 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11872 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11873 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11875 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11877 clear_proceed_status (0);
11879 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11882 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11883 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11884 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11885 get_last_displayed_line ());
11887 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11888 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11890 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11891 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11893 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11894 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11897 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11899 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11901 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11904 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11906 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11907 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11908 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11911 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11912 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11913 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11914 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11916 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11919 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11921 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11923 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11924 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11925 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11929 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11931 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11932 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11935 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11939 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11940 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11941 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11942 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11944 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11945 only at the very same frame. */
11946 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11947 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11948 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11950 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11952 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11953 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11954 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11955 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11957 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11959 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11960 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11962 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11963 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11964 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11966 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11967 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11968 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11972 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11975 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11976 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11978 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11979 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11980 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11981 if clause in the arg string. */
11984 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11988 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11991 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11994 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11995 condition string. */
11996 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11997 cond_string
= *arg
;
11999 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
12001 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
12003 return cond_string
;
12006 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
12007 process start/exit, etc. */
12011 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
12012 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
12017 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
12018 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
12020 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
12021 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
12022 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
12025 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
12026 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
12027 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
12031 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12033 /* The allowed syntax is:
12035 catch [v]fork if <cond>
12037 First, check if there's an if clause. */
12038 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
12040 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
12041 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12043 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
12044 and enable reporting of such events. */
12047 case catch_fork_temporary
:
12048 case catch_fork_permanent
:
12049 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
12050 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
12052 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
12053 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
12054 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
12055 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
12058 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
12064 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
12065 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
12067 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
12068 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
12070 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
12072 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
12076 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12078 /* The allowed syntax is:
12080 catch exec if <cond>
12082 First, check if there's an if clause. */
12083 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
12085 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
12086 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12088 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
12089 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
12090 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
12091 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
12093 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
12097 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12098 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12099 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
12101 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12108 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
12110 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
12112 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
12113 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
12114 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
12115 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
12116 used for different exception names will use the same address.
12117 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
12118 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
12119 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
12120 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
12121 enough for now, though. */
12124 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
12126 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
12127 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
12128 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
12129 b
->language
= language_ada
;
12132 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
12133 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
12135 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
12137 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
12138 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
12140 while (*arg
!= '\0')
12142 int i
, syscall_number
;
12144 char cur_name
[128];
12147 /* Skip whitespace. */
12148 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12150 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
12151 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
12152 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
12155 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
12156 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
12157 if (*endptr
== '\0')
12158 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
12161 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
12163 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
12165 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
12166 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
12167 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
12168 syscall number to be caught. */
12169 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
12172 /* Ok, it's valid. */
12173 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
12176 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
12180 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
12183 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
12184 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
12189 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
12191 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
12192 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
12193 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
12194 this architecture yet."));
12196 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
12198 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
12200 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
12201 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
12202 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
12203 for his/her architecture. */
12204 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
12206 /* The allowed syntax is:
12208 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12210 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12213 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
12217 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
12218 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
12222 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12224 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12229 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12231 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12234 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12237 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
12239 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
12240 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
12241 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
12242 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
12244 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
12246 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
12249 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12253 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
12256 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12259 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12261 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
12262 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
12265 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
12266 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
12268 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
12272 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
12273 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12274 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
12275 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12280 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
12281 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
12282 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12283 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12285 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12286 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12287 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12288 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
12289 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
12290 error (_("No source file specified."));
12292 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
12298 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12299 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12300 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12301 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12303 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12304 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12305 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12306 due to optimization, all in one block.
12308 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12309 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12310 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12311 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12312 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12313 to support that. */
12315 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12316 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12317 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12321 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12322 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12324 const char *sal_fullname
;
12326 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12327 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12328 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12331 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12336 1 0 <can't happen> */
12338 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12339 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12340 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12342 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12343 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12346 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12347 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12349 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12350 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12352 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12353 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12354 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12356 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12357 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12358 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12359 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12360 int line_match
= 0;
12362 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12363 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12364 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12365 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12366 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12367 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12368 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12371 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12380 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12384 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12385 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12388 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12390 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12393 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12394 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12395 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12396 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12397 compare_breakpoints
);
12398 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12399 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12403 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12408 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12409 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12412 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12413 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12415 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12418 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12421 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12422 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12425 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12427 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12430 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12431 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12432 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12435 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12437 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12439 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12440 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12441 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12443 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12445 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12447 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12448 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12452 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12453 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12454 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12455 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12456 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12457 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12460 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12462 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12463 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12464 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12465 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12466 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12468 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12469 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12471 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12472 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12475 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12476 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12477 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12479 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12480 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12481 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12483 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12484 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12485 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12487 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12488 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12489 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12491 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12494 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12495 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12496 content of the bp_location array. */
12499 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12501 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12503 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12504 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12506 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12508 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12510 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12513 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12514 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12516 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12517 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12518 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12519 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12521 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12523 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12524 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12525 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12526 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12530 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12533 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12535 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12536 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12538 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12541 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12543 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12545 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12546 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12547 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12549 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12550 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12551 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12554 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12556 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12557 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12558 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12559 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12562 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12564 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12567 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12569 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12570 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12571 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12572 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12575 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12578 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12581 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12583 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12584 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12585 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12586 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12588 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12589 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12590 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12591 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12592 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12594 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12595 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12596 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12597 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12598 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12599 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12600 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12601 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12604 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12605 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12606 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12610 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12612 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12613 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12614 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12617 address
= bl
->address
;
12618 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12620 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12621 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12622 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12624 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12625 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12628 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12629 the same program space as the location
12630 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12631 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12632 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12636 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12637 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12640 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12641 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12642 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12643 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12644 that have already been marked. */
12645 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12647 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12649 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12651 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12652 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12656 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12657 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12658 locations are duplicate of which.
12660 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12661 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12665 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12667 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12668 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12669 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12670 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12671 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12672 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12673 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12675 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12676 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12677 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12678 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12679 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12681 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12682 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12683 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12684 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12686 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12687 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12688 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12689 unsigned old_location_count
;
12691 old_location
= bp_location
;
12692 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12693 bp_location
= NULL
;
12694 bp_location_count
= 0;
12695 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12697 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12698 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12699 bp_location_count
++;
12701 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12702 locp
= bp_location
;
12703 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12704 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12706 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12707 bp_location_compare
);
12709 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12711 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12712 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12713 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12714 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12715 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12718 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12719 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12721 locp
= bp_location
;
12722 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12725 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12726 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12728 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12729 not, we have to free it. */
12730 int found_object
= 0;
12731 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12732 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12735 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12736 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12737 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12738 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12742 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12743 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12746 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12747 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12748 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12750 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12751 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12752 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12754 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12755 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12758 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12762 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12763 have to go through updates again. */
12764 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12766 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12768 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12770 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12771 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12772 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12773 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12774 at certain location is not inserted. */
12776 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12778 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12781 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12783 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12784 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12785 keep_in_target
= 1;
12789 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12790 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12791 remove its target-side condition. */
12793 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12794 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12795 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12796 this one from the target. */
12798 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12799 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12802 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12803 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12806 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12808 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12810 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12811 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12812 supported, but the latter are. */
12813 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12815 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12816 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12819 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12820 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12822 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12823 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12825 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12826 keep_in_target
= 1;
12834 if (!keep_in_target
)
12836 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12838 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12839 this location on the global list, and try to
12840 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12841 reason why we will succeed next time.
12843 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12844 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12845 only after calling us. */
12846 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12847 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12848 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12856 if (removed
&& non_stop
12857 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12858 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12860 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12861 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12862 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12863 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12864 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12865 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12866 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12867 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12868 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12869 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12870 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12871 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12872 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12873 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12876 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12877 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12879 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12880 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12881 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12882 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12883 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12884 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12885 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12886 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12887 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12888 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12889 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12890 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12891 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12894 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12895 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12896 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12897 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12899 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12900 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12901 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12902 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12903 traps we can no longer explain. */
12905 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12906 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12908 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12912 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12913 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12918 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12919 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12920 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12921 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12922 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12923 are sorted first for the same address.
12925 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12926 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12928 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12929 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12930 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12931 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12932 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12934 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12936 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12939 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12940 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12941 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12942 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12943 `struct bp_location'. */
12944 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12946 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12947 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12951 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12952 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12953 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12954 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12955 "actually inserted"));
12957 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12958 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12959 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12960 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12961 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12962 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12964 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12966 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12967 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12968 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12970 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12971 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12973 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12975 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12976 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12977 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12983 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12984 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12985 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12987 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12988 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12990 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12991 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12993 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12994 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12995 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12996 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12997 "a permanent breakpoint"));
13000 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
13002 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
13003 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
13006 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
13007 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
13008 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
13009 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
13010 only update conditions for locations that are marked
13012 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
13016 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
13017 download_tracepoint_locations ();
13019 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
13023 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
13025 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13028 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
13029 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
13031 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
13032 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
13038 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
13040 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13042 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13043 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
13046 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
13049 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13053 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
13054 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
13056 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
13057 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
13058 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
13062 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
13064 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
13066 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
13068 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
13072 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
13076 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13078 struct value_print_options opts
;
13080 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
13082 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
13084 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
13086 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
13090 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
13092 printf_filtered (" at ");
13093 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
13096 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
13098 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
13100 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
13101 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
13102 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
13103 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13105 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
13106 different file name, and this at least reflects the
13107 real situation somewhat. */
13108 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
13113 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
13115 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13117 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
13122 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
13125 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
13127 xfree (self
->cond
);
13128 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
13129 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
13130 xfree (self
->function_name
);
13132 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
13133 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
13136 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
13141 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
13145 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13147 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
13148 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
13149 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
13150 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
13151 xfree (self
->filter
);
13152 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
13155 static struct bp_location
*
13156 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13158 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13160 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
13161 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
13166 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13168 /* Nothing to re-set. */
13171 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
13172 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
13175 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13177 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13181 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13183 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13187 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13188 struct address_space
*aspace
,
13190 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13192 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13196 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13201 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13205 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
13207 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13210 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13214 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13216 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13219 static enum print_stop_action
13220 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13222 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13226 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13227 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13233 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13235 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13239 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13241 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13245 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13246 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13247 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13251 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13255 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13256 struct linespec_result
*c
,
13258 char *extra_string
,
13259 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13260 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13262 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13263 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
13264 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13265 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13267 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13271 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13272 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13274 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13277 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13280 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
13285 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13288 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13290 /* Nothing to do. */
13293 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
13295 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
13296 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
13297 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
13298 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
13299 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
13300 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
13301 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
13302 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
13303 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13304 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13306 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13307 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13308 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13309 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
13310 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13311 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
13312 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13313 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13316 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13319 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13321 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13322 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
13324 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13325 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13329 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13332 /* Copy SRC's shadow buffer and whatever else we'd set if we actually
13333 inserted DEST, so we can remove it later, in case SRC is removed
13337 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (struct bp_target_info
*dest
,
13338 const struct bp_target_info
*src
)
13340 dest
->shadow_len
= src
->shadow_len
;
13341 memcpy (dest
->shadow_contents
, src
->shadow_contents
, src
->shadow_len
);
13342 dest
->placed_address
= src
->placed_address
;
13343 dest
->placed_size
= src
->placed_size
;
13347 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13349 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13350 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13352 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13356 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13358 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13359 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13361 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13365 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13366 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13367 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13369 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13370 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13373 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13377 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13378 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13379 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13386 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13387 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13388 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13390 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13391 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13393 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13394 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13395 be set at the same address. */
13399 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13403 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13405 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13410 static enum print_stop_action
13411 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13413 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13414 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13416 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13418 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13420 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13421 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13423 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13424 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13425 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13428 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13430 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13432 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13433 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13435 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13436 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13437 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13439 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13440 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13442 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13446 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13448 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13453 case bp_breakpoint
:
13454 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13455 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13456 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13458 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13459 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13460 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13461 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13463 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13464 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13467 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13475 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13477 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13478 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13479 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13480 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13481 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13482 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13483 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13484 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13485 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13487 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13488 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13490 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13491 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13495 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13496 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13497 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13498 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13500 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13501 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13505 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13506 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13508 char *extra_string
,
13509 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13510 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13512 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13513 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13514 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13515 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13517 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13518 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13520 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13521 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13522 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13526 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13527 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13529 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13532 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13535 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13539 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13540 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13541 case bp_overlay_event
:
13542 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13543 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13544 case bp_exception_master
:
13545 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13548 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13549 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13550 case bp_shlib_event
:
13552 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13553 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13554 case bp_thread_event
:
13560 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13562 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13564 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13565 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13566 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13567 objects (among other things). */
13568 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13569 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13575 static enum print_stop_action
13576 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13578 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13580 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13584 case bp_shlib_event
:
13585 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13586 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13587 to shlib event" message.) */
13588 print_solib_event (0);
13591 case bp_thread_event
:
13592 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13593 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13594 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13597 case bp_overlay_event
:
13598 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13599 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13602 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13603 /* These should never be enabled. */
13604 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13607 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13608 /* These should never be enabled. */
13609 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13610 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13613 case bp_exception_master
:
13614 /* These should never be enabled. */
13615 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13616 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13620 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13624 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13626 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13629 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13632 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13634 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13635 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13636 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13637 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13641 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13643 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13646 static enum print_stop_action
13647 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13649 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13651 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13653 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13658 ui_out_field_string
13660 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13664 ui_out_field_string
13666 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13671 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13675 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13677 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13680 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13682 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13683 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13686 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13688 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13691 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13693 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13696 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13699 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13701 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13705 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13707 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13708 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13717 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13719 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13720 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13721 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13725 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13729 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13730 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13731 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13732 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13734 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13736 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13738 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13739 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13741 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13745 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13746 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13748 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13750 error (_("probe not found"));
13753 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13756 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13758 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13762 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13763 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13764 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13766 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13772 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13773 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13775 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13776 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13778 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13780 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13781 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13782 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13783 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13788 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13790 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13795 case bp_tracepoint
:
13796 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13797 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13799 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13800 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13801 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13803 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13804 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13805 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13808 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13809 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13816 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13818 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13820 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13821 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13822 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13823 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13824 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13825 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13827 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13828 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13830 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13831 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13833 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13834 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13838 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13839 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13840 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13841 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13843 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13844 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13848 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13849 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13851 char *extra_string
,
13852 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13853 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13855 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13856 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13857 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13858 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13860 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13861 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13863 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13864 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13865 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13869 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13870 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13872 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13875 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13877 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13881 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13882 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13883 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13884 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13886 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13887 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13888 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13892 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13893 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13895 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13896 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13899 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13901 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13904 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13906 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13908 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13909 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13910 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13911 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13913 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13914 error (_("Format string required"));
13916 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13917 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13918 3 - disconnect from target 1
13919 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13921 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13922 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13923 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13924 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13925 it all the time. */
13926 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13927 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13930 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13933 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13935 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13937 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13940 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13943 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13944 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13945 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13946 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13947 address are all handled. */
13950 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13952 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13953 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13954 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13956 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13957 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13958 condition not be evaluated. */
13961 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13962 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13963 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13964 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13965 commands here throws. */
13966 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13967 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13968 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13970 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13972 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13973 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13975 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13978 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13982 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13983 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13984 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13985 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13987 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13989 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13991 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13993 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13994 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13995 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13999 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14000 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14002 char *extra_string
,
14003 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14004 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14006 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14007 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14008 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14009 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14012 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
14013 canonical
->sals
, 0);
14015 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
14016 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
14017 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
14018 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
14019 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
14020 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
14022 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14024 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
14025 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14026 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14029 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
14030 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
14032 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
14033 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
14035 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
14036 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
14038 cond_string
, extra_string
,
14039 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14040 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
14041 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
14042 canonical
->special_display
);
14043 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
14044 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
14045 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
14046 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
14047 try to match up which of the newly found markers
14048 corresponds to this one */
14049 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
14051 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
14053 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
14058 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14059 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14061 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14063 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
14064 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
14066 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
14070 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14073 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14076 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14078 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14081 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
14085 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14087 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14089 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
14091 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
14092 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
14095 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
14096 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
14097 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
14098 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
14099 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
14102 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
14103 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
14104 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
14105 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
14107 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
14110 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
14111 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
14112 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
14114 struct breakpoint
*related
;
14115 struct watchpoint
*w
;
14117 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14118 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
14119 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14120 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14124 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
14126 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
14127 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
14128 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
14129 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
14130 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
14133 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
14134 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
14135 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
14136 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
14138 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
14140 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
14141 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
14143 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14144 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
14146 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
14150 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
14152 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
14153 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
14154 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
14155 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
14156 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
14157 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
14158 commands won't work. */
14160 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
14162 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
14163 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
14164 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
14165 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
14166 might be better design to have location completely
14167 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
14168 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14170 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
14171 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14172 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14173 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
14178 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
14180 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14184 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14186 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
14189 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14190 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14193 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14194 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14198 struct breakpoint
*related
;
14203 struct breakpoint
*next
;
14205 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14206 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
14208 if (next
== related
)
14210 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14211 function (related
, data
);
14213 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14214 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14219 function (related
, data
);
14223 while (related
!= b
);
14227 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14229 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14232 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14233 delete_breakpoint. */
14236 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14238 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14242 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14244 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14250 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14252 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14253 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14254 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14255 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14256 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14258 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14262 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14264 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14266 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14267 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14268 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14272 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14276 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14278 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14279 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
14280 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14285 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14286 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14287 Null names are ignored. */
14290 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14292 struct bp_location
*l
;
14293 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
14294 (int (*) (const void *,
14295 const void *)) streq
,
14296 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
14298 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14301 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
14303 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14307 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
14309 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14313 htab_delete (htab
);
14319 htab_delete (htab
);
14323 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14324 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14325 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14326 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14327 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14328 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14329 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14330 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14333 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14334 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14335 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14336 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14337 in the sources, and output a warning.
14339 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14340 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14341 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14342 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14343 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14346 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14347 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14348 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14349 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14350 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14351 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14352 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14353 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14354 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14356 static struct symtab_and_line
14357 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14359 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14360 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14365 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14367 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14369 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14370 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14372 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14374 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14375 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14376 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14381 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14383 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14385 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14386 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14388 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14391 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14393 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14395 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14396 struct symbol
*sym
;
14397 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14398 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14400 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14402 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14403 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14405 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14406 "found at previous line number"),
14407 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14411 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14413 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14414 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14415 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
14418 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
14419 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14420 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
14422 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
14423 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14424 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14426 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14428 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14430 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14433 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14434 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14436 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14437 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14439 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
14440 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14441 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
14442 b
->loc
->line_number
);
14444 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14447 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14453 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14454 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14457 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14461 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14464 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14467 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14474 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14480 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14481 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14482 a ranged breakpoint. */
14485 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14486 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14487 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14490 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14492 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14494 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14496 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14497 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14498 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14499 "multiple locations found\n"),
14504 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14505 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14506 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14507 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14508 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14509 individual locations. */
14510 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14515 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14517 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14519 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14521 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14523 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14525 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14528 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14530 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14531 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14533 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14534 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14539 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14540 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14541 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14542 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14546 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14548 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14550 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14554 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14555 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14556 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14558 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14561 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14562 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14563 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14564 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14565 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14566 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14567 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14569 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14571 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14573 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14574 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14576 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14577 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14585 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14586 if (l
->function_name
14587 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14597 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14598 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14600 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14603 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14604 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14606 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14607 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14610 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14611 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14613 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14616 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14618 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14622 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14623 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14624 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14625 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14626 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14627 state, then user already saw the message about that
14628 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14630 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14631 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14632 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14633 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14634 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14635 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14637 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14639 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14640 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14641 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14642 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14643 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14644 which approach is better. */
14645 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14646 throw_exception (e
);
14650 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14654 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14655 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14656 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14658 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14661 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14662 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14665 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14666 b
->thread
= thread
;
14669 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14670 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14673 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14674 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14684 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14685 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14689 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14692 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14693 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14694 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14696 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14699 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14703 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14705 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14708 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14709 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14713 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14716 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14717 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14720 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14721 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14722 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14723 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14725 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14728 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14729 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14733 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14734 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14736 char *extra_string
,
14737 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14738 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14740 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14741 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14742 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14743 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14745 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14747 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14748 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14749 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14752 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14753 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14756 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14757 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14759 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14761 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14762 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14763 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14764 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14767 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14768 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14770 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14772 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14774 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14775 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14776 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14778 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14781 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14784 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14786 static struct cleanup
*
14787 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14789 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14791 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14792 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14793 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14794 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14795 set_language (b
->language
);
14800 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14801 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14802 Unused in this case. */
14805 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14807 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14808 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14809 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14811 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14812 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14813 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14817 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14819 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14821 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14822 enum language save_language
;
14823 int save_input_radix
;
14824 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14826 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14827 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14828 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14830 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14832 /* Format possible error msg. */
14833 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14835 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14836 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14837 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14839 set_language (save_language
);
14840 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14842 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14844 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14846 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14847 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14848 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14849 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14852 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14854 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14855 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14857 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14859 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14861 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14862 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14864 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14865 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14866 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14868 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14872 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14873 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14874 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14877 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14879 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14884 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14885 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14887 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14889 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14890 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14895 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14899 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14900 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14902 else if (count
== 1)
14903 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14906 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14907 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14910 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14914 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14917 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14920 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14926 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14928 num
= get_number (&p
);
14930 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14932 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14934 set_ignore_count (num
,
14935 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14938 printf_filtered ("\n");
14941 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14942 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14945 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14950 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14952 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14955 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14957 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14959 while (!state
.finished
)
14961 const char *p
= state
.string
;
14965 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14968 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14972 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14973 if (b
->number
== num
)
14976 function (b
, data
);
14980 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14985 static struct bp_location
*
14986 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14988 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14992 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14993 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14998 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
15000 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
15002 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15003 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
15008 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
15009 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
15012 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
15014 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
15018 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
15021 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
15027 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
15028 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
15029 which ends with a period (no newline). */
15032 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
15034 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
15035 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
15036 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
15037 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
15040 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
15041 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
15044 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
15046 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15047 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15049 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15050 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
15052 struct bp_location
*location
;
15054 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
15055 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
15058 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
15060 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15063 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
15066 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
15068 disable_breakpoint (b
);
15071 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15072 disable_breakpoint. */
15075 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
15077 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15081 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15085 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15087 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15088 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
15089 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15093 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15097 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
15099 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
15106 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
15108 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15109 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
15110 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
15111 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
15113 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
15116 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15117 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15123 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
15126 int target_resources_ok
;
15128 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
15131 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
15132 target_resources_ok
=
15133 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
15135 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
15136 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
15137 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
15138 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
15141 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
15143 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
15144 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
15145 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
15147 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15149 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
15151 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
15152 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15153 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
15157 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
15158 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
15164 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
15165 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15167 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
15169 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15170 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15172 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15173 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
15175 struct bp_location
*location
;
15177 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
15178 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
15181 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
15182 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
15183 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
15185 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
15190 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
15192 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
15196 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15198 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15201 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15202 enable_breakpoint. */
15205 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
15207 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15210 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15211 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15212 in stopping the inferior. */
15215 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15219 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15221 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15222 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
15223 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15227 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15231 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
15233 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
15240 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
15242 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15243 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
15244 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
15245 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
15247 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
15250 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15251 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15256 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15266 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15268 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
15270 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
15274 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15276 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
15278 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15282 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15284 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15288 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
15290 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
15292 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15296 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15298 int count
= get_number (&args
);
15300 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
15304 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15306 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
15308 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15312 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15314 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15318 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15323 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15327 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15328 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15332 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15333 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15334 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15336 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15338 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15339 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15340 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15342 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15344 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15346 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15348 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15349 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15350 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15351 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15353 value_free (wp
->val
);
15361 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
15362 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
15363 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
15364 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
15368 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15369 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
15371 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
15372 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15374 bp_tgt
= XCNEW (struct bp_target_info
);
15376 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
15377 bp_tgt
->reqstd_address
= pc
;
15379 /* If an unconditional non-raw breakpoint is already inserted at
15380 that location, there's no need to insert another. However, with
15381 target-side evaluation of breakpoint conditions, if the
15382 breakpoint that is currently inserted on the target is
15383 conditional, we need to make it unconditional. Note that a
15384 breakpoint with target-side commands is not reported even if
15385 unconditional, so we need to remove the commands from the target
15387 bl
= find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace
, pc
);
15389 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
)
15390 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
))
15392 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt
, &bl
->target_info
);
15396 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
15398 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
15406 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
15407 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
15410 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
15412 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
15413 struct address_space
*aspace
= bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
;
15414 CORE_ADDR address
= bp_tgt
->reqstd_address
;
15415 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15418 bl
= find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace
, address
);
15420 /* Only remove the raw breakpoint if there are no other non-raw
15421 breakpoints still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would
15422 be effectively disabling those breakpoints. */
15424 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
15425 else if (!VEC_empty (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
)
15426 || !VEC_empty (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
))
15428 /* The target is evaluating conditions, and when we inserted the
15429 software single-step breakpoint, we had made the breakpoint
15430 unconditional and command-less on the target side. Reinsert
15431 to restore the conditions/commands. */
15432 ret
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
15442 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15445 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15446 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15449 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
15450 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
15451 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
15453 if (single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
15454 single_step_breakpoints
= new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->num
, gdbarch
);
15456 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
15458 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
15459 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
15460 add_location_to_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
15462 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
15465 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15466 were inserted or not. */
15469 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15471 return (single_step_breakpoints
!= NULL
);
15474 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15477 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15479 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
!= NULL
);
15481 delete_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints
);
15483 single_step_breakpoints
= NULL
;
15486 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15487 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15488 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15492 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15494 /* We don't really need to (or should) delete them here. After an
15495 exit, breakpoint_init_inferior deletes it. After an exec,
15496 update_breakpoints_after_exec does it. Just clear our
15498 single_step_breakpoints
= NULL
;
15501 /* Check whether any location of BP is inserted at PC. */
15504 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
15505 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15508 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15510 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15512 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
15518 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15522 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15525 return (single_step_breakpoints
!= NULL
15526 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (single_step_breakpoints
,
15530 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15531 non-zero otherwise. */
15533 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15535 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15536 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15537 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15544 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15546 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15547 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15549 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15553 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15555 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15557 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15558 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15560 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15562 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15566 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15568 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15578 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15579 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15580 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15581 const char *text
, const char *word
)
15583 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15584 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15585 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15591 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15593 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15595 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15597 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15598 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15602 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15604 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15605 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15607 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15608 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15610 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15612 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15614 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15616 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15617 0 /* Ignore count */,
15618 pending_break_support
,
15622 0 /* internal */, 0);
15626 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15628 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15630 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15632 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15633 0 /* Ignore count */,
15634 pending_break_support
,
15635 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15638 0 /* internal */, 0);
15641 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15644 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15646 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15648 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15649 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15650 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15651 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15653 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15655 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15657 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15659 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15660 0 /* Ignore count */,
15661 pending_break_support
,
15665 0 /* internal */, 0);
15668 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15669 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15671 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15672 static int next_cmd
;
15675 read_uploaded_action (void)
15679 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15686 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15687 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15688 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15689 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15690 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15692 struct tracepoint
*
15693 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15695 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15696 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15698 if (utp
->at_string
)
15699 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15702 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15703 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15704 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15706 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15707 "source location, using raw address"),
15709 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15710 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15713 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15714 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15715 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15716 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15719 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15721 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15722 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15724 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15725 0 /* Ignore count */,
15726 pending_break_support
,
15727 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15729 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15731 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15734 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15735 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15736 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15740 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15743 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15746 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15747 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15748 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15750 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15752 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15757 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15759 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15761 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15762 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15763 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15764 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15767 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15768 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15769 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15774 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15778 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15780 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15783 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15785 if (num_printed
== 0)
15787 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15788 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15790 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15793 default_collect_info ();
15796 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15797 Not supported by all targets. */
15799 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15801 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15804 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15805 Not supported by all targets. */
15807 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15809 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15812 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15814 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15816 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15822 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15824 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15825 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15826 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15828 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15829 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15831 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15835 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15837 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15839 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15840 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15841 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15845 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15848 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15851 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15853 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15854 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15856 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15857 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15860 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15862 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15863 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15864 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15867 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15869 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15870 unsigned int count
;
15872 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15873 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15874 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15876 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15878 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15879 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15881 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15883 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15885 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15887 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15889 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15890 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15893 else if (*args
== '\0')
15895 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15897 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15901 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15903 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15904 while (!state
.finished
)
15906 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15908 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15913 struct tracepoint
*
15914 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15916 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15918 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15919 if (t
->number
== num
)
15920 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15925 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15926 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15929 struct tracepoint
*
15930 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15932 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15934 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15936 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15938 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15945 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15946 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15947 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15948 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15950 struct tracepoint
*
15951 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15952 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15954 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15956 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15960 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15961 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15963 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15964 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15966 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15970 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15971 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15974 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15978 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15979 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15981 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15984 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15989 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15991 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15992 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15995 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15997 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
16000 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
16001 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
16002 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
16006 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
16007 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
16009 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
16011 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
16012 struct ui_file
*fp
;
16013 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
16015 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
16016 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
16018 /* See if we have anything to save. */
16019 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
16021 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
16022 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
16025 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
16026 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
16031 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
16033 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
16035 /* We can stop searching. */
16042 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
16046 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
16047 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
16048 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
16050 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
16051 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
16052 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
16054 if (extra_trace_bits
)
16055 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
16057 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
16059 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
16060 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
16063 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
16064 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
16067 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
16069 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
16070 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
16073 if (tp
->cond_string
)
16074 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
16076 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
16077 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
16079 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
16081 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
16083 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
16085 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
16086 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
16088 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
16090 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
16093 throw_exception (ex
);
16095 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
16098 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
16099 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum\n");
16101 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
16102 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
16103 special, and not user visible. */
16104 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
16106 struct bp_location
*loc
;
16109 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
16111 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
16115 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
16116 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
16119 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
16120 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
16123 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
16126 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
16128 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
16131 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
16134 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
16136 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
16139 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
16141 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
16142 all_tracepoints (void)
16144 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
16145 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
16147 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
16149 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
16156 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
16157 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
16158 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
16160 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
16161 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
16162 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
16163 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
16164 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
16165 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16166 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16167 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16168 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
16169 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
16170 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
16172 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
16173 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16175 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16176 conditions are different.\n\
16178 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
16180 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
16181 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
16183 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
16184 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
16187 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
16188 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
16189 completer_ftype
*completer
,
16190 void *user_data_catch
,
16191 void *user_data_tcatch
)
16193 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
16195 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
16197 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
16198 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
16199 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
16201 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
16203 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
16204 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
16205 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
16209 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
16211 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
16212 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
16214 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
16215 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
16216 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
16220 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
16222 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16223 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16224 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
16227 struct breakpoint
*
16228 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
16231 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
16233 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
16235 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
16242 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16243 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16246 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
16248 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16249 non-inline function. */
16250 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
16256 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16257 have been inlined. */
16260 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
16261 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
16263 struct breakpoint
*b
;
16264 struct bp_location
*bl
;
16266 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
16268 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
16271 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
16273 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
16274 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
16282 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16285 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
16287 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
16289 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
16290 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
16291 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
16295 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16297 static int initialized
= 0;
16299 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
16305 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16306 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16307 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16308 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16309 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16310 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16311 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
16312 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
16313 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
16314 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
16315 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16316 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
16318 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16319 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16320 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16321 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16322 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16323 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16324 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16325 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
16327 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16328 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
16329 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16330 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
16331 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
16332 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
16333 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
16334 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
16335 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
16336 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
16338 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16339 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
16340 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16341 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
16342 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
16343 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
16344 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
16346 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16347 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16348 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16349 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
16350 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
16351 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
16352 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
16354 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16355 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
16356 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16357 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
16359 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16360 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16361 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16362 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
16363 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
16364 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16365 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
16368 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16369 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16370 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
16371 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
16372 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
16373 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
16374 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
16375 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
16376 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
16377 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
16378 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
16379 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
16380 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
16381 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
16383 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16384 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16385 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16386 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
16387 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
16388 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
16389 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
16390 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
16391 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
16392 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
16393 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
16396 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16397 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16398 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
16399 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
16400 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
16401 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
16402 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
16403 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
16404 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16405 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
16407 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16408 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16409 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16410 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16411 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
16413 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16414 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16415 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16416 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
16417 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16418 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
16420 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16421 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16422 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16423 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16424 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16425 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16426 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16427 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16428 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16429 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16431 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16432 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16433 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16434 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16435 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16436 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16437 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16438 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16439 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16440 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16442 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16443 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16444 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16445 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16446 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16447 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16448 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16449 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16450 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16451 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16452 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16454 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16455 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
16456 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16457 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
16458 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
16459 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
16460 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
16461 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
16462 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
16463 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
16464 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
16466 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16467 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16468 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16469 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16470 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16471 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16472 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16473 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16474 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16475 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16476 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16477 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16479 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16480 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16481 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16482 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16483 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16484 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16485 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16486 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16487 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16490 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16492 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16495 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16497 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16499 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16501 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16502 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16503 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
16504 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16506 breakpoint_objfile_key
16507 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16509 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16510 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16511 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16513 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16514 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16515 before a breakpoint is set. */
16516 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16518 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16520 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16521 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16522 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16524 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16526 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16527 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16528 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16529 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16530 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16531 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16532 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16533 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16535 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16536 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16537 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16538 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16539 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16541 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16542 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16543 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16544 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16545 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16547 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16548 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16550 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16551 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16552 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16553 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16555 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16556 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16558 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16559 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16560 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16561 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16563 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16564 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16566 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16567 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16568 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16569 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16570 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16571 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16572 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16574 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16575 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16576 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16577 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16578 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16579 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16581 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16583 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16584 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16585 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16586 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16587 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16588 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16590 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16591 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16592 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16595 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16596 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16597 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16600 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16601 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16602 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16603 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16606 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16607 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16608 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16611 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16612 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16613 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16616 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16617 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16618 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16619 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16622 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16623 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16624 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16625 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16626 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16627 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16628 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16629 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16631 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16632 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16633 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16634 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16635 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16637 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16638 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16639 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16640 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16641 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16642 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16645 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16646 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16647 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16648 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16650 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16651 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16652 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16653 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16654 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16656 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16657 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16658 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16659 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16661 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16662 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16663 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16664 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16665 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16668 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16669 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16670 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16671 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16672 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16673 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16675 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16676 is executing in.\n\
16678 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16679 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16681 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16682 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16683 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16684 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16686 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16687 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16688 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16689 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16692 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16696 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16697 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16698 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16699 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16700 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16701 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16702 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16703 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16704 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16705 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16706 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16707 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16708 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16709 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16710 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16711 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16713 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16714 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16715 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16716 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16717 breakpoint set."));
16720 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16721 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16722 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16723 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16724 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16725 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16726 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16727 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16728 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16730 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16731 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16732 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16733 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16734 breakpoint set."));
16736 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16739 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16740 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16741 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16742 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16743 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16744 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16745 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16746 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16747 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16749 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16750 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16751 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16752 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16753 breakpoint set."));
16755 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16756 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16757 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16758 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16759 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16760 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16761 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16762 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16763 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16764 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16765 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16766 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16767 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16769 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16770 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16771 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16772 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16774 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16776 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16777 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16778 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16779 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16781 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16782 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16783 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16784 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16786 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16787 catch_fork_command_1
,
16789 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16790 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16791 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16792 catch_fork_command_1
,
16794 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16795 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16796 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16797 catch_exec_command_1
,
16801 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16802 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16803 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16804 catch_load_command_1
,
16808 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16809 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16810 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16811 catch_unload_command_1
,
16815 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16816 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16817 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16818 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16819 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16820 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16821 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16822 catch_syscall_completer
,
16826 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16827 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16828 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16829 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16830 an expression changes.\n\
16831 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16832 the memory to which it refers."));
16833 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16835 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16836 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16837 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16838 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16839 an expression is read.\n\
16840 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16841 the memory to which it refers."));
16842 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16844 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16845 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16846 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16847 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16848 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16849 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16850 the memory to which it refers."));
16851 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16853 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16854 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16856 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16857 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16858 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16859 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16860 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16861 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16862 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16863 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16864 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16867 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16868 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16870 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16872 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16874 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16875 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16877 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16878 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16879 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16881 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16882 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16883 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16884 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16886 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16887 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16889 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16890 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16891 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16893 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16894 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16896 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16897 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16898 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16899 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16900 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16901 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16902 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16903 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16904 the selected stack frame.\n\
16905 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16906 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16907 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16908 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16910 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16912 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16913 conditions are different.\n\
16915 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16916 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16917 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16919 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16920 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16921 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16922 last tracepoint set."));
16924 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16926 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16927 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16928 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16929 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16931 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16933 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16934 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16935 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16936 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16938 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16940 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16941 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16942 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16943 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16945 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16947 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16948 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16949 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16950 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16951 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16953 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16954 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16955 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16956 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16958 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16959 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16960 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16961 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16962 session to restore them."),
16964 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16966 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16967 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16968 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16970 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16972 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16973 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16975 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16976 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16977 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16978 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16979 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16980 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16981 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16982 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16983 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16984 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16985 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16986 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16988 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16989 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16990 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16991 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16992 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16993 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16994 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16995 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16997 show_pending_break_support
,
16998 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16999 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
17001 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
17003 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
17004 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
17005 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
17006 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
17007 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
17008 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
17009 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
17011 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
17012 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
17013 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
17015 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
17016 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
17017 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
17018 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
17019 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
17020 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
17021 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
17022 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
17023 when execution stops."),
17025 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
17026 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
17027 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
17029 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
17030 condition_evaluation_enums
,
17031 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
17032 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
17033 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
17034 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
17035 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
17036 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
17037 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
17038 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
17039 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
17040 be set to \"gdb\""),
17041 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
17042 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
17043 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
17044 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
17046 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
17047 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
17048 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
17049 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
17050 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
17051 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
17052 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
17053 or the start of the range\n\
17054 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
17055 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
17056 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
17058 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
17059 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
17060 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
17062 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
17063 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
17064 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
17065 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
17066 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
17067 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
17068 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
17070 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
17071 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
17072 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
17073 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
17074 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
17075 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
17076 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
17077 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
17078 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
17079 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
17080 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
17081 &setlist
, &showlist
);
17083 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
17084 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
17085 &dprintf_function
, _("\
17086 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
17087 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
17088 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
17089 &setlist
, &showlist
);
17091 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
17092 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
17093 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
17094 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
17095 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
17096 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
17097 &setlist
, &showlist
);
17099 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
17100 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
17101 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
17102 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
17103 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
17104 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
17107 &setlist
, &showlist
);
17109 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
17110 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
17111 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
17113 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
17115 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
17116 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);